Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Shell Companies / Mpac Group plc

Mpac Group plc

mpac · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mpac
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Shell Companies
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Mpac Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
We create automation 
ecosystems that enhance 
manufacturing to help 
businesses adapt and grow

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Mpac Group plc is an international 
company listed on the London Stock 
Exchange (symbol: MPAC), with a long 
and proud history of delivering innovation 
and excellence on a global basis. Our 
business is focused on the creation of 
manufacturing solutions that make and 
package the products millions of people 
worldwide depend on.

mpac-group.com

Contents

01  Year at a glance
02  Who we are. What we do
03  Expanding customer objectives
04  Chairman’s introduction
05  Strategy: Our mission sectors and values
06  Strategy: Business model
07  Strategy: Goals and priorities
08  Strategy: Case study
09  Strategy: Switchback acquisition
10  Operating review
15  Financial review
18  Principal risks and uncertainties

22   Chairman’s corporate governance statement
24  Board of Directors
25  Corporate governance report
28  Audit Committee report
30  Remuneration and Nomination Committee report
31  Annual Remuneration report
32  Remuneration policy
36  Directors’ report
39   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Independent Auditor’s report
41  
51   Consolidated income statement
52   Statements of comprehensive income
53   Statements of changes in equity
55   Statements of financial position
56   Statements of cash flow
57   Accounting policies
63  Notes to the accounts
101   Five-year record
102  Principal divisions and subsidiaries
103  Notice of Annual General Meeting
108   Corporate information

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

1
2

0
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

1

Year at 
a glance

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

 > Good progress on the Group’s strategic initiatives

 > 2020 HY2 revenue 27% above HY1 2020 

 >  Group full year revenue £83.7m (2019: £88.8m) 

 >  Underlying profit before tax of £6.3m (2019: £7.5m) 

 > Statutory profit before tax of £2.9m (2019: £5.4m)

 >  Underlying earnings per share of 31.4p (2019: 39.5p) 

 > Basic earnings per share of 16.3p (2019: 29.7p)

Revenue by sector

Food and beverage
£34.8m

Pharmaceutical
£3.9m

Healthcare
£45.0m

Revenue by region

Americas
£46.7m

Asia
£5.7m

Europe, Middle 
East & Africa
£31.3m

Order intake

£83.9m

(2019: £87.6m)

Underlying earnings per share

31.4p

(2019: 39.5p per share)

Revenue

£83.7m

(2019: £88.8m)

Cash

£15.5m

(2019: £18.9m)

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Who we are

What we do

We support all brands and all locations with our global operations.

Our philosophy is ‘Ingenuity without limits'.

2

Who we are 
What we do 
Ingenuity 
without limits

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Mpac is a provider of full-line product manufacturing and packaging 
solutions. We serve customers globally in the essential and growing 
sectors of healthcare, pharmaceutical and food and beverage, with 
engineering and services that increase automation, safety, 
sustainability and cost effectiveness. 

We are headquartered in the UK and have strategically located 
manufacturing and Service locations to provide our customers with 
local support and a global reach.

We are One Mpac, with three connected businesses that trade under 
the globally respected brand names and product ranges of Lambert, 
Langen and Switchback. Lambert specialises in full-line solutions for 
the pharmaceutical and healthcare sectors. Langen and Switchback 
provide secondary and tertiary packaging solutions for all sectors 
in which we operate. 

We provide packaging and automation solutions to fast-moving consumer 
goods customers, enabling their products to be packaged for distribution to 
their consumers ensuring security, quality, sustainability and shelf appeal.

We ensure manufacturing consistency through whole line integration; from 
product assembly to primary packaging, cartoning to case packing and 
palletisation – designed, delivered and supported globally, while protecting 
the wider ecosystem we all live in.

We don’t just build machines however, we create full line automation 
ecosystems to develop and optimise manufacturing processes. Our  
end-to-end capabilities help our customers thrive in a changing world. 

The group leverages its engineering expertise with cutting-edge 
manufacturing technologies and proven machine design and supports its 
customers with world class service support, delivered locally. We are  
a global organisation and can provide support to customers in any region.  

Our sectors

Healthcare

We help achieve better patient outcomes through 
advanced products, processes and packaging 
formats. From contact lenses to wound care 
products, we've got it covered.

Pharmaceutical

Food and beverage

We support your pharmaceutical advances 
cost effectively, from inhaler assembly to 
transdermal patches.

With extensive experience in dealing with powders 
to liquids, cereals to confectionary, our packaging 
machinery covers a wide range of applications.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Whole Line
Using limitless ingenuity to  
align global manufacturing

> Global whole-line integration

> Streamlining processes and identifying 

efficiencies

> Creating opportunities for new products

Whole Life
Maintaining peak overall  
equipment effectiveness for  
the lifespan of machines

Whole Planet
Helping businesses grow globally 
while embracing sustainability

> Next-generation manufacturing for the 

>  Hands-on global experts providing local 

next generation

support

> Maintaining peak OEE over machine 

lifespan

> Transformational digital services

> Building efficient machines to optimise 
businesses performance and in turn, 
reduce the damaging effects on the 
environment

> Reducing transportation footprints with 
remote service assistance and smaller 
carton sizes

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

3

Expanding 
customer 
objectives

"Our end-to-end manufacturing capabilities 
help leading food and beverage, healthcare 
and pharmaceutical businesses to meet their 
expanding objectives in a changing world. We 
design and monitor connected machinery 
– automation ecosystems – that optimise 
our customers' manufacturing processes."

2
0

1
2

0
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

4

Chairman’s 
introduction

“ 2020 was a year like no 
other for Mpac, just as it 
has been for the wider 
world. As the pandemic 
unfolded, the Board 
took immediate steps 
to protect the welfare 
of our employees and 
established processes to 
mitigate the impact of the 
pandemic on the business 
and our customers.”

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

The Covid-19 pandemic posed 
significant unforeseen challenges for all 
businesses but through the dedication 
and adaptability of our employees, 
Mpac was able successfully to address 
the main challenges that arose. 

During 2020, further progress was 
made in executing our long-term 
strategy and we have converted 
strategic progress into a robust 
financial performance. Mpac are 
entirely focused on industries 
that exhibit long-term growth 
characteristics globally. Our investment 
proposition remains one of sustained 
organic growth augmented by carefully 
selected acquisition opportunities.

2020 was the first full year of trading 
since the acquisition of Lambert 
Automation (‘’Lambert’’) in May 2019 
and in September 2020 we completed 
the acquisition of Switchback Group 
Inc (‘’Switchback’’). Our strategy 
remains to focus on the high growth 
pharmaceutical, healthcare and food 
and beverage sectors, underpinned by 
the deployment of a comprehensive 
product development roadmap and 
a focus on software and platform 
developments.

On pages 21 to 27, I discuss corporate 
governance and the Board’s activities 
during the year.

Summary of results
The resilient performance in the year 
is reflected in the order intake for 
the Group of £83.9m (2019: £87.6m) 
and Group revenues of £83.7m 
(2019: £88.8m). Underlying operating 
profit was in line with revised market 
expectations at £6.5m (2019: £7.7m). 
Group cash ended the year at £15.5m 
(2019: £18.9m).

Acquisitions 
In September 2020, the Group 
acquired Switchback for an initial 
consideration of £10.2m. Based near 
Cleveland, Ohio, USA, Switchback, 
which employs approximately 45 
staff, is a packaging machinery and 
automation solutions specialist, 
supplying the food and beverage 
and healthcare sectors and is a 
compelling fit with Mpac’s strategic 
intent of being a market leader in 
the provision of full-line packaging 
solutions. Switchback has a particular 
strength in the high-growth craft 
brewing industry, which has been a 
resilient area through the Covid-19 
challenges and is benefiting from 
the shift towards increased use of 
recyclables, aluminium cans and 
cardboard packaging. 

Board changes
I would like to welcome Sara Fowler 
to the Board.

Sara joined the Board in March 
2020 as a Non-Executive Director 
and as Chair of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee, having 
previously been a partner with Ernst  
& Young, including seven years as 
senior partner for Ernst & Young  
in the West Midlands. She was on the 
Board of the Compulsory Purchase 
Association and Chair of the CBI 
West Midlands. 

I would also like to take this 
opportunity to thank John Davies, 
who stepped down from the Board 
in March 2020 after nine years as 
a Non-Executive Director, for the 
service he provided to the Group. 

Dividend
Having considered the trading results 
for 2020 and the opportunities for 
investment in the growth of the 
Group, together with the continued 
uncertainty surrounding the impact of 
the pandemic, the Board has decided 
that it is not appropriate to pay a 
final dividend. No interim dividend 
was paid in 2020. Future dividend 
payments will be considered by the 
Board in the context of 2021 trading 
performance and when the Board 
believes it is prudent to do so.

Outlook
The Group operates in a range 
of attractive global sectors and 
geographic markets which have 
demonstrated resilience to the 
pandemic, and which are expected to 
grow in real terms for the foreseeable 
future. After a challenging 2020, I 
consider the prospects for the Group 
over the short and medium term 
to be positive, with the initiatives 
put in place by the leadership team 
expected to result in a return to 
growth in revenue and profit. I look 
forward to reporting on the progress 
that will be made during 2021. 

Signed on behalf of the board.

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

29 March 2021

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

Our strategy remains to focus on the high 
growth pharmaceutical, healthcare and food 
and beverage sectors.

2
0

1
2

0
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our mission 
To be a global leader of high-speed packaging solutions 
focused on attractive growth sectors enhanced by a 
world-class Service offering to ensure maximum return  
on customer investments. 

Customer focused, responsive and flexible through 
operational excellence underpinned by a global 
competitive supply chain and internal activities  
optimised to maximise efficiency; address our  
customers’ unmet needs by leveraging market leading 
technology, innovation and application know-how.

Our sectors
Healthcare 
We help achieve better patient 
outcomes through advanced 
products, processes and packaging 
formats. From contact lenses to 
wound care products, we've got 
it covered.

Pharmaceutical 
We support your pharmaceutical 
advances cost effectively, from 
inhaler assembly to transdermal 
patches.

Food and beverage 
With extensive experience in dealing 
with powders to liquids, cereals 
to confectionary, our packaging 
machinery covers a wide range 
of applications.

Our values
Integrity
Deliver on our promise, respect  
and value others.

Excellence
Always striving to be better.

Passionate
Be energised to deliver.

Innovation
Identify a need, think outside of  
the box and deliver solutions.

Collaboration
Working together without  
boundaries for the collective goal.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

5

Strategy:  
Our mission, 
sectors and 
values

"To create automation ecosystems 
that enhance manufacturing to 
help businesses to adapt and grow. 
Advancing the world with manufacturing 
solutions which make a difference."

Mpac purpose statement

2
0

1
2

0
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business model
Business model

Consult
Ecosystems live, breath and evolve, 
and so should your automation 
ecosystem. That’s why we’re by your 
side at every stage, consulting with 
you to understand your challenges 
and solve your problems before they 
occur. Ingenious thinking is personal, 
so we take the time to listen to your 
needs and what you want from your 
machines and products.

Design and build
With your current and future needs 
in mind, we develop fresh ideas and 
design innovative machines to keep 
you ahead of the competition. 

Install
We install your new machine at a 
time that suits you. To get the most 
out of your machine, our effective 
employee training reduces start-up 
costs and allows your equipment to 
reach its target performance quickly.

Monitor
With your permission, our experts 
can connect to your control system 
to give you a complete review of 
your machine performance. By 
doing so, we can predict and prevent 
problems to ensure consistency 
and compliance. We also offer you 
actionable insights to maximise your 
equipment effectiveness.

Optimise
We make sure your machine 
stays up-to-date with the latest 
modernisations and automation 
upgrades. This ensures minimal 
downtime and less risk of serious 
damage to your equipment 
throughout the lifetime of your lines.

Our bespoke whole-life service 
options, with remote monitoring and 
servicing, ensure unstoppable OEE 
and keeps your machines in prime 
condition, year after year.

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

6

Strategy: 
Business 
model

“ We channel limitless 
ingenuity to create 
and optimise whole-
line manufacturing 
ecosystems. With 
many parts, in many 
countries, our world-
class productivity helps 
our clients achieve 
more with less.”

The One Mpac business model was 
introduced in 2018 aimed at ensuring 
we deliver consistent high quality 
services to our customers globally 
and wherever they choose to locate  
a manufacturing site. 

The Group offers its customers 
automation and packaging solutions, 
customised to their requirements 
using a portfolio of proven modules 
augmented with a customer-specific 
product package handling solution.

C

O

N

S

U

L

T

The implementation of our One 
Mpac business model continues to 
progress well and includes all sales, 
service, and operations functions. 
Common processes are all monitored 
and controlled by effective project 
management. Service support is 
then provided through the life of the 
product at the customers’ sites.

S U S TAINABLE
P E R F ORMANCE

F OOD &
B E VERAGE

I

N

R

N

&

O

R

V

A
T

A
N
D

I

O
N

P

E

R

H

E
A
L
T
H
&

S
O
N
A
L
C
A
R
E

L

L
E
I N T
T E C H

L I G E NT
L O GIES

O

N

R

O

T

I

N

O

M

P

H

ARMAC E U T I C A

I

N

E

O

B

1
2

I

N

A

W

T

E

G

HOLE
ATION

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

E

O P TI M I S

2
0

E
LIF
E
VIC
E
L

R
E
S

O

H

W

G

L

L

S
D
O
O
G

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
R
E
g
M
U
S
e
N
O
t
C
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

L

R
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

0
4

The capital equipment market is 
cyclical by its nature with a high need 
D
for responsiveness and flexibility to 
L
I
adapt to customer demands and lead-
U
B
time needs, seizing the opportunities 
&
as they arise.
N
SIG
E
D

The Group is now able to exploit 
synergies, utilising best practice 
across the sites and a shared services 
resource in order to improve the 
operational efficiencies.

This creates a model whereby we can 
increase utilisation with the ability 
to expand capacity with increased 
demand and reduce capacity in 
periods of lower demand.

M
O

N

I

T

O

R

E

O P TI M I S

E
LIF
E
VIC
E
L
O
H
W

R
E
S

S U S TAINABLE
P E R F ORMANCE

A N D BEVER

A

G

E

D

O

F O

P
H
A
R

M

A

C

E

G

L

I

L

N

O

E

B

U

TICAL

I

N

A

L

T

E

W

G

R

HOLE
ATION

E
R
A
C
H
A LT

E

H

L
E
I N T
T E C H

S

L I G E NT
L O GIE

O

N

C

O

N

S

U

L

T

I

N

R

N

&

O

D

A
N
D

V

A
T

I

O
N

E

O P TI M I S

E

LIF

E

VIC

E

L

O

H

W

R

E

S

C

O

N

S

U

L

T

S U S TAINABLE

P E R F ORMANCE

F OOD &

B E VERAGE

R

E

M

U

S

N

S

D

O

O

G

O

C

I

N

R

N

&

O

R

V

A

T

A

N

D

I

O

N

P

E

R

S

H

E

O

N

A

L

C

A

A

L

T

H

&

R

E

R

O

T

I

N

O

M

P

H

ARMAC E U T I C A

L

G

L

L

I

N

O

E

B

I

N

A

L

W

T

E

G

R

HOLE

ATION

L I G E NT

L O GIES

O

N

L

E

I N T

T E C H

D

L

I

U

B

&

N

SIG

E

D

D
L
I
U
B
D
N
A
N
SIG
DE

INSTAL L

INSTA L L

INSTAL L

E

O P TI M I S

E

LIF

E

VIC

E

L

O

H

W

R

E

S

C

O

N

S

U

L

T

S U S TAINABLE

P E R F ORMANCE

F OOD &

B E V ERAGE

R

E

M

U

S

N

S

D

O

O

G

O

C

I

N

R

N

&

O

R

A

N

D

V

A

T

I

O

N

P

E

R

S

H

E

O

N

A

L

C

A

A

L

T

H

&

R

E

R

O

T

I

N

O

M

P

H

ARMAC E U T I C A

L

G

L

L

I

O

N

B

E

A

L

I

N

T

E

W

G

R

HOLE

ATION

S

L I G E NT

L O GIE

O

N

L

E

I N T

T E C H

D

L

I

U

B

&

N

SIG

E

D

INSTAL L

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An update on our strategic priorities

Going for growth

Service as a business

Operational efficiency

Innovation

People

2020 progress
   The Switchback acquisition 
was completed, which gives 
the Group an extended US 
presence and product range 
   Recruitment of a Chief 
Commercial Officer 
with global commercial 
leadership responsibility
  Full solutions capability 
established, focusing  
on customers in the 
healthcare sector 
  Continued to establish new 
customer relationships, 
with particular success in 
the Americas

2020 progress
   Proved our agility to adapt 
to Covid-19 with remote 
support
 Continued roll-out of service  
  systems enhancements
   Development of regional 
service management and 
extended reach
  Launch of Americas 
service team supporting 
all Group products – 
making Service local

2020 progress
  Roll-out of Group ERP 
system in The Netherlands 
successfully completed
   Transition onto common 
engineering platforms 
completed in Canada
  Broader integration of global 
supply chain
  Lambert migration to Group 
project management and 
CRM tools and systems

2020 progress
  Significant progress 
made in full-line solution 
development targeting the 
healthcare sector
  Completed the end-of-line 
case packing range
  Commercial launch of 
Industry 4.0 products
  Completion of Lambert 
standard platform 
development

2020 progress
  Prioritising employee  
health and wellbeing 
  Development and retention 
of critical knowledge
  Employee satisfaction 
monitoring 
  Embedded personnel 
development plan review 
process

Future plans
  Cross-selling of the 
Switchback product range 
into EMEA
  Develop customer 
opportunities in the Covid 
space
  Extend commercial footprint 
in EMEA
  Complete the opening of the 
Group showcase facility in 
Americas

Future plans
  Improve operational 
efficiency and lead times
  Extend resourcing of 
Americas service team and 
development of healthcare-
focused business unit
  Develop life-cycle ROI 
and long-term service 
agreement proposition
  Enhance Service CRM 
system and prospect 
pipeline management

Future plans
  ERP phased roll-out 
continues in Canada, USA  
and UK
  UK and USA sites to 
complete Group migration 
to common engineering 
systems
  Leverage the benefits of 
common Group ERP system
  Maximise cross business 
resource utilisation to 
improve operating efficiency

Future plans
  Extending suite of Industry 
4.0 products
  Focus on market led 
innovation – healthcare 
sector
  Virtual exhibitions and live 
streams
  Develop digital 
transformation strategy

Future plans
  Creation of Mpac  
academy to attract the  
best young talent
  Focus on internal 
communication via new 
intranet platform
  Investment in employee 
development and training
  Continued review and 
feedback cycle 

Achieving our ambitions

In 2020 we extended our strategic priorities to include a focus on 
'Innovation' and 'People', driven by our evolution towards a market-led 
innovation plan and the need to have the best talent to help us achieve 
our strategic goals.

The market and customer demands continue to evolve, with a clear 
need for full solutions to their packaging requirements supported by a 
comprehensive services proposition to ensure maximised return on their 
investments. Demand for data capture and traceability throughout the 
product life-cycle is also an increasing trend.

By utilising the impressive array of innovative engineering solutions 
throughout the Mpac sites and a focused product development roadmap 
targeted on the attractive growth markets, we will be well positioned to 
deliver growth beyond industry forecasts.

The Group offers first-of-a-kind innovative solutions, working with the 
customers’ product development engineers and marketing functions on  
the next generation of innovative products. By partnering with these key 
global customers, Mpac will be well positioned to support the customer  
from prototype to series production.

This capability should be leveraged across our global sales team and into  
our global key accounts and prospects.

Service continued to represent a key opportunity based on a substantial 
installed base and customers' need for support to increase productivity and 
to secure a return on the investment in equipment.

Product innovation and development is key to sustained growth in the 
large and attractive markets we operate in. Our new product development 
roadmap is focused on the needs of the market and is orientated around 
digital-led innovation.

One Mpac business model with a regionally focused, single business entity 
model has been implemented. Managed globally but with regional sales, 
supported by a global Service business and operations function, Mpac can 
provide local support on a global level.

Customer responsiveness and reduced lead times are key competitive 
advantages and as such we need to continuously improve. By working  
on a global basis, operations and shared services will be better able to 
increase operational efficiencies, whilst simultaneously creating a flexible  
and responsive manufacturing base and supply chain to quickly adapt to 
changes in customer demand and investment cycles.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

7

Strategy:  
Goals and 
priorities

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

1
2

0
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

8

Strategy:  
Case study 
Covid-19

Providing a solution to support the battle against Covid-19

The challenge

Why Mpac?

The solution

Benefits

A blue chip contract manufacturer 
in the healthcare sector approached 
Mpac about increasing production 
capacity of a point of care Covid-19 
test. Their customer’s product was 
critical in the fight against Covid-19 
and an upgraded system needed to 
be functional within six months to 
have an impact on the pandemic. 
The test is complex to assemble, 
with 42 parts assembled across 
multiple machines. 

Mpac’s system offers modularity, 
connectivity and innovation. It 
was these benefits, as well as our 
new Diablo platform and strong 
reputation, that gave our customer 
the confidence to work with a new 
supplier on such a critical element 
of a time-sensitive project.

Mpac was selected for its fully 
automated solution for one of the 
critical to quality sub-assemblies. 

Mpac's responsiveness and ability to 
demonstrate a deep understanding 
of the customer's challenge.

Our solution was based on our 
recently developed Diablo Midi 
system, which perfectly fits the 
application. We were able to integrate 
a customer specified offline process 
by arranging the modular cells into 
two separate elements, supporting 
the manufacturing flow across the 
factory floor and reducing the risk 
of user-based error.

Design, build and commissioning 
for each cell is run in parallel and we 
are using Digital Twin technology to 
advance testing of machine code, 
further de-risking the commissioning 
process. This significant recent 
investment in both product and internal 
processes enabled us to deliver a 
unique production machine within the 
requested six-month lead time.

Diablo Midi’s inherent flexibility and 
modularity means we can support 
our customer and theirs beyond their 
initial requirement. A simple increase 
in volume may be needed, but more 
often customers need to innovate 
quickly and introduce new features or 
variants to their core product range. 
Diablo Midi’s fully decentralised 
modular cell system supports this 
ambition and gives manufacturers 
greater flexibility in their product and 
manufacturing strategies in an ever 
more dynamic world. This makes 
Mpac a great choice as a machinery 
supply partner.

Diablo Midi system

42 part assembly

Modular construction

“ Our customer selected the Mpac 
system due to the modularity, 
connectivity and innovation, which 
alongside our reputation, gave them 
the confidence to work with a new 
supplier for such a critical element 
of the project and fight against 
the spread of the virus.”

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

1
2

0
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Business summary and core competencies
Switchback is a provider of packaging machinery and automation solutions to 
the food and beverage and healthcare sectors. Established in 2006, it is located 
near Cleveland, Ohio, USA, and employs approximately 45 people.

Product range
The product range offered by Switchback includes tray formers, carton 
closers, labelling, and four-sided sealed pouching machines. The business is a 
market leader in the supply of packaging machinery to the high-growth craft 
brewing industry and is benefiting from the shift in this industry towards the 
use of recyclables, aluminium cans and cardboard packaging. By leveraging its 
diverse product range, the business has benefited from strong growth in the 
last five years.

Wider customer base
The range of products offered by Switchback will provide further breadth and 
depth to Mpac's cartoning and end-of-line solutions and provides the platform 
to build our business further in the USA. We have gained access to a wider 
customer base and the opportunity to provide existing customers with a wider 
range of productivity solutions, as the industry trends towards higher volumes, 
lower mix.

Growth plans
Mpac will continue to support Switchback’s talented team and strategic growth 
plans by providing access to Group resources and our global sales and Service 
network. This will enable Switchback to leverage growth opportunities in Mpac’s 
existing core sectors of healthcare and food and beverage, at the same time 
as we work with Switchback to strengthen growth from our existing north 
Americas facility in Mississauga, Ontario.

“ The acquisition of Switchback represents another key 
stage in the strategic development of Mpac. It increases 
our USA footprint and brings a great range of products 
and talented employees to our business. Switchback has 
demonstrated entrepreneurial growth and the capacity 
to be market leaders, through embedded customer 
relationships. Switchback’s performance during the 
pandemic has been strong with a good orderbook, 
demonstrating the high quality of the business.”

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

Global Craft Beer: Market Value (US$m) Forecast, 2019-2029
Global Craft Beer: Market Value (US$m) Forecast, 2019-29

US$76,460.3m
Increase 2019-2029 

152,771.0

76,310.7

7.2%

CAGR

2019E

Source: Fact.MR

2029F

Global Craft Beer: Consumption (Mn Litres) Forecast, 2019-29

Global Craft Beer: Consumption (Mn Litres) Forecast, 2019-2029

12,197 Mn Litres
Increase 2019-2029

28,527.3

16,376

5.7%

CAGR

2019E

Source: Fact.MR

2029F

Switchback is a market leader in the supply of packaging machinery to the 
high-growth craft brewing industry

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

9

Strategy: 
Switchback 
acquisition

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

1
2

0
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

10

Operating 
review

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

“ I am pleased to present 
my report as Chief 
Executive of Mpac Group 
plc. I am sure that 2020 
will be remembered as 
an extremely challenging 
year for the whole of 
society. When I reflect on 
how Mpac collectively, 
and our employees 
individually, responded to 
the pandemic, the speed 
and agility with which 
the Group pivoted to 
supporting our customers 
alongside the actions taken 
to ensure that the business 
continued to operate 
efficiently, with minimal 
disruption, I am proud to 
say that I consider 2020 a 
successful year for Mpac.”

As we reported at the half year, 
the wellbeing of our employees 
and their families is our primary 
concern. Throughout the year, travel 
and social distancing restrictions 
have limited the opportunity for 
business development, to complete 
on-site service work and to install 
and commission equipment, the 
impact of which was mitigated by our 
investment in enabling technologies 
to provide remote customer support. 
While all sites have continued to 
operate, there have been periods of 
reduced operational levels to protect 
the wellbeing of our employees, 
resulting in full-year revenue and 
operating profit falling below that 
achieved in 2019. 

In the second half of 2020, business 
development of Original Equipment 
("OE") improved significantly, with 
revenue 19% above the comparable 
period in 2019. This return to 
growth contributed towards the 
good quality and diverse closing 
order book of 2020 (£55.5m), 6% 
above the opening 2020 order book 
(£52.2m). Service revenues grew to 
£19.6m (2019: £19.4m), a particularly 
pleasing performance given on-going 
travel restrictions hampering the 
development of our field service and 
installation revenue streams. 

We made significant progress in 
our key strategic initiatives, with 
the broadening of our product 
portfolio, which included the launch 
of full-line solutions for customers 
in the healthcare sector, and the 
implementation of new operating 
business systems. This contributed 

to the Group producing a robust 
financial performance and cash 
generation, underpinned by a high-
quality order book. 

The successful acquisition of 
Switchback Group, Inc. (“Switchback”) 
in September 2020 was a further 
significant milestone for the Group. 
The acquisition represents a 
compelling fit with Mpac’s strategic 
intent of being a market leader in 
the provision of full-line packaging 
solutions for the pharmaceutical, 
healthcare and food and beverage 
sectors. Switchback, based near 
Cleveland, Ohio, USA is a market 
leader in the supply of packaging 
machinery to the high-growth craft 
beverage industry. It is benefiting 
from the shift towards recyclables, 
aluminium cans, and cardboard 
packaging. Critically, the acquisition 
also accelerates our expansion into 
the Americas market and provides a 
physical location in the USA for the 
Group to further leverage our Langen 
and Lambert brands in the region. 
Despite the ongoing travel restrictions 
good progress has been made with 
the integration of Switchback into 
the Group, with the rebranding to 
Mpac Switchback complete, the first 
commercial synergies with other 
Group businesses have been secured 
and the business is performing ahead 
of management expectations.

The unprecedented impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic during 2020 
resulted in a pause to the progress 
that we were making in our growth 
strategy, however we demonstrated 
our continued ability to execute 

£83.9m

Overall Group order intake

£55.5m

Order book for 2021

£83.7m

Group revenue

£64.1m

Original Equipment revenue 

£19.6m

Service revenue

Revenue by geography

  Americas  £46.7m
  Europe, Middle East & Africa  £31.3m
  Asia £5.7m

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
acquisitions alongside our agility to 
adapt our resources to accelerate 
the use of digital technologies to 
engage with our customers and 
ensure we continued to provide high 
levels of support and service. The 
fundamentals remain unchanged 
and we believe that Mpac is on 
track to meet our long-term 
goals by leveraging the resilient 
pharmaceutical, healthcare and food 
and beverage sectors with our full-line 
solution offering and delivering an 
enhanced service proposition with our 
Industry 4.0 suite of products.

by a comprehensive market-led 
development roadmap. Alongside this, 
our search for further complementary 
acquisition targets continues. The 
acquisition of Switchback and a 
greater physical presence in the 
critical US market represents another 
important step in delivering our 
strategy, augmented by deploying 
our innovation initiatives, which are 
focused on developing full solution 
product lines with a wider range of 
standard modules, for our target 
sectors of pharmaceutical, healthcare, 
and food and beverage.

Further progress has been made in 
developing our range of Industry 4.0 
solutions which are designed to offer 
customers opportunities to increase 
their Overall Equipment Effectiveness 
(“OEE”) through automatic control 
of the production process. Our 
innovation roadmap was designed 
to deliver an extensive range of 
features and solutions, including OEE 
monitoring, predictive maintenance, 
video instructions and facilitating 
connectivity via multiple devices 
through an enhanced Human Machine 
Interface. In the absence of physical 
trade shows to demonstrate these 
solutions, in 2020 we initiated a series 
of virtual trade shows, supported by 
media campaigns which have been 
very well received and allowed us 
to connect with a larger number of 
customers in a more targeted way.

Management’s focus remains 
on delivering organic growth, 
extending our commercial reach 
to new customers with new 
products and services, supported 

I am excited about the next phase for 
the Group and am extremely pleased 
with our accomplishments so far. 
Despite the challenging investment 
cycle caused by the pandemic, I 
believe that we are firmly on track to 
deliver our long-term strategic plans 
and to take advantage of our enhanced 
position in growth markets.

Trading
The trading performance in 2020 
was resilient given the backdrop of 
wider market uncertainty and travel 
restrictions. Overall order intake for 
the Group of £83.9m was down 4% on 
2019, a 14% reduction on a like-for-like 
basis which excludes the impact of 
the Switchback acquisition. The Group 
experienced a significant upturn in 
order intake in the second half of the 
year when travel restrictions began to 
be eased prior to the second wave of 
the pandemic.

The Group enters 2021 with a 
customer diverse order book of 
£55.5m, £3.3m above the opening 

order book for 2020. We remain 
vigilant to project execution risk and 
are confident that the 2020 closing 
order book can be delivered at forecast 
margins. The timing of conversion 
of prospects into orders continues 
to vary based on our customers’ 
investment plans and thus remains 
difficult to predict. Conversion rates 
were stronger in the second half of the 
year providing increased confidence 
that the impact of delayed customer 
investment on the Group has eased, 
resulting in the encouraging order 
book entering 2021.

Group revenues of £83.7m were down 
6% compared with the previous year 
(10% below 2019 on a like-for-like 
basis). Original Equipment revenue of 
£64.1m (2019: £69.4m), supported by 
a robust performance in the Americas 
and growth in EMEA and the food 
and beverage sector, was down 8% 
compared to the prior year. Service 
revenue grew marginally by 1% to 
£19.6m, which is encouraging given 
the circumstances.

I am pleased to report underlying 
profit before tax for the year of £6.3m 
(2019: £7.5m), with a statutory profit 
before tax of £2.9m (2019: £5.4m). 

Following the acquisition of Switchback 
and continued investment in new 
product development to support future 
growth, the Group retained a cash 
position of £15.5m (2019: £18.9m), 
providing the financial resources 
required to invest in the strategic 
initiatives which will deliver profitable 
growth in future years.

Strategic developments
Further progress has been made 
during 2020 to deliver our five-
year strategic plan. The global 
pandemic caused a pause in the 
progress we had made delivering our 
growth plan. However, we believe 
an extension of our US presence 
and access to new markets in the 
region following the Switchback 
acquisition, plus the exciting roll-out 
of new products and good progress 
on our integrated business systems 
project, means Mpac remains on 
track to meet our broader strategic 
objectives. Furthermore, the growth 
opportunities from the markets in 
which we operate are aligned to our 
long-term goals.

I believe that it is due to the 
implementation of our strategic plans 
and continued focus on increasing 
the scale and diversity of the Group 
that the business was able to deliver 
a robust level of order intake, revenue, 
and underlying profitability during a 
challenging year in which customers 
in most regions and markets were re-
evaluating their investment decisions.

Restructuring
During the year, the Group took the 
necessary restructuring actions 
associated with the integration of the 
business activities of our Coventry 
operation into our Tadcaster site. This 
move will deliver annual savings going 
forward and improve our customer 
experience. The enlarged site has 
the greater scale, scope, depth of 
knowledge and know-how to support 
customers and will help to deliver 
profitable growth as we ensure financial 

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

11

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

“ The Group enters 2021 with a customer diverse 
order book of £55.5m, marginally above the 
opening order book for 2020. We remain 
vigilant to project execution risk and are 
confident that the 2020 closing order book 
can be delivered at forecast margins.”

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

12

Operating 
review
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

performance across the Group meets 
or exceeds expectations. The Group is 
committed to ensuring that all aspects 
of the organisation support the future 
growth of the business and targets 
continue to be met. 

Acquisition strategy
The Board continues to actively seek 
and evaluate potential acquisition 
opportunities. The focus is finding 
businesses that will enhance our 
customer proposition in automation 
and packaging solutions, by extending 
our product range and our access 
to a broader range of customers in 
our target markets, adding value to 
the Group.

Moving forward
We continue to pursue our strategic 
goals, which were recalibrated during 
the year, and build on the strong 
foundations made towards achieving 
the three strategic priorities: Going 
for Growth, Make Service a Business 
and Operational Efficiency. Further 
information on these strategic priorities 
is provided in the Strategic Update. 

Purpose and sustainability
The senior leadership team developed 
a purpose statement for Mpac:

‘To create automation ecosystems 
that enhance manufacturing, 
to help businesses adapt and 
grow. Advancing the world with 
manufacturing solutions that make a 
real difference’.

This statement, together with our 
sustainability vision, where we 

promise to do our part in protecting 
the planet’s future; partnering with 
our customers to support their 
reduction in packaging materials 
usage and the effective adoption 
of biodegradable and recyclable 
materials, will form an integral part 
of our strategy in the future. Mpac’s 
evolving innovative solutions offer our 
customers opportunities to achieve 
their sustainability goals. Mpac 
encourages internal activities which 
support the culture and adoption 
of continuous improvement in 
sustainability.

Business review
The Group aims to achieve annual 
double-digit percentage revenue 
growth over the medium-term, 
culminating in delivering an improved 
return on sales, targeted at 10%. 
To support this intent, we manage 
the business in two parts; Original 
Equipment and Service, and across 
three regions; Americas, EMEA 
and Asia.

Revenue by region was split as follows; 
Americas £46.7m (2019: £56.8m), 
EMEA £31.3m (2019: £24.8m) and 
Asia £5.7m (2019: £7.2m).

Revenue by sector was split as 
follows: food and beverage £34.8m 
(2019: £19.8m), healthcare £45.0m 
(2019: £66.1m) and pharmaceutical 
£3.9m (2019: £2.9m).

Individual OE contracts, and to 
a lesser extent in the Service 
business, can be large. Accordingly, 
a few significant orders can have 

a disproportionate impact on the 
growth rates seen in individual 
sectors from year to year.

Original Equipment
OE order intake of £62.4m (2019: 
£66.2m) was down 6% compared 
with the prior year (18% lower on a 
like-for-like basis). OE revenues of 
£64.1m (2019: £69.4m) were down 8% 
compared with the prior year (12% on 
a like-for-like basis). 

Mpac’s focus on the Covid-19 resilient 
pharmaceutical, healthcare and food 
and beverage sectors continued to drive 
our success, with a strong performance 
in the food and beverage sector and 
growth over 2019 in EMEA regions. 
Revenue generated in the Americas 
was £36.2m (2019: £45.8m). In the prior 
year Americas revenue included the 
impact of a one-off repeat line order 
received in 2018 from a customer in 
the healthcare sector. Order intake 
and revenue in the region in 2020 was 
generated from a more diverse and 
sustainable customer base. 

EMEA revenue in the period was 
£23.7m (2019: £17.6m). Revenue in 
the region is generated by our 
Lambert and Langen product ranges, 
which reported growth over the 
prior year.

Asia revenue, predominantly 
associated with orders from 
customers in the food and beverage 
sector, was £4.2m (2019: £6.0m). The 
region was the first to be impacted 
by the pandemic and retained travel 
restrictions for the majority of the 

calendar year, reducing opportunities 
for business development.

Overall order prospects remain 
strong, especially from customers 
in the healthcare sector, and activity 
levels across the OE business 
remain high and the business is well 
positioned moving into 2021. 

Service
Order intake for the Service division was 
broadly unchanged in 2020 at £21.5m 
(2019: £22.6m). Growth in order intake 
in the EMEA region offset a reduction in 
order intake in the Americas. 

Revenue in 2020 of £19.6m, was 
up £0.2m on the prior year, again 
driven by growth in EMEA. As with 
the trend for OE, Service revenue in 
the Americas in 2019 benefited from 
activity with one large customer in 
the healthcare sector whereas 2020 
revenue has been generated from a 
diverse customer base.

Americas revenue in the year was 
£10.5m compared to £11.0m in 2019. 
EMEA revenue in the year was £7.6m, 
up £0.4m (2019: £7.2m). Asia revenue 
in the year was £1.5m (2019: £1.2m). 

Coronavirus
Since the outbreak of the pandemic 
and throughout the year, the priority 
for Mpac was to secure the health, 
safety and wellbeing of our employees 
while continuing to provide essential 
support for our customers. 

The implementation of global travel 
restrictions had an impact on the 

“ The Group aims to achieve double digit 
percentage revenue growth over the medium-
term, culminating in delivering an improved 
return on sales, targeted at 10%.”

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
timing of closing of new OE orders, 
on project execution and on-site 
service revenue generation. However, 
this impact has been partially 
mitigated through the ingenuity of 
our employees in the use of digital 
technology which contributed to 
Service revenue growth over the 
prior year. Throughout the crisis we 
continued to secure new orders and 
no orders were cancelled as a result 
of the pandemic.

It continues to be difficult to predict 
the length and depth of the impact 
of the pandemic and therefore 
management continue to critically 
appraise discretionary spend and 
investment plans, while seeking to 
protect our talented workforce and 
being careful not to compromise 
the long-term prospects of the 
Group. Early in the pandemic, a ‘Fast 
Recovery’ plan was implemented 
which helped to ensure that Mpac was 
well positioned to take advantage of 
opportunities when the market returns 
to pre-pandemic levels of activity. 
This plan included the launch of a 
new website, virtual exhibitions for 
customers to demonstrate the range 
of newly developed products and 
offering customers digital solutions 
for remote machine acceptance and 
servicing. Cash preservation remained 
our primary focus, which helped to 
fund the acquisition of Switchback 
and to deliver year end cash of 
£15.5m, significantly above earlier 
management expectations.

Looking forward, we have identified 
three risks associated with the 

pandemic and with the emergence 
of new variants of the virus for which 
we believe we have mitigations in 
place. First is the risk associated 
with weakening customer confidence 
leading to delayed OE order intake. 
This is mitigated by our presence 
in resilient sectors, across a wide 
geographic range and a diverse 
customer base. The second risk 
identified is an outbreak of infection of 
the virus at a Group facility, resulting 
in production delays while the facility 
is deep cleaned and employees 
quarantined. Our strict employee 
and visitor monitoring protocols 
alongside social distancing and 
cleaning practices provide confidence 
that the impact is sufficiently 
mitigated and, due to the nature of 
our business, project execution status 
can be recovered. The third risk is a 
disruption to our supply chain with 
demand exceeding supply, coupled 
with disruption to transportation. 
Our global supply chain strategy 
ensures secure alternative means 
of supply have been established 
for all critical parts. 

The Board of Mpac continues to 
monitor the situation carefully 
across our customer, supplier, and 
employee base.

Strategic update
Our strategy focuses on three key 
initiatives to drive growth:

Going for Growth – Offering 
customers comprehensive 
"Automation Ecosystems” 
solutions in our target markets.

Make Service a Business – Providing 
customers with a comprehensive 
portfolio of service products to 
ensure they maximise their return 
on investment.

Operational Efficiency – Operational 
excellence and flexibility of supply 
chain to increase responsiveness to 
investment cycles.

Going for Growth
Our five-year strategic plan is to 
develop the business through organic 
growth in our target growth sectors 
of pharmaceutical, healthcare and 
food and beverage. To enable this, we 
created a global sales approach under 
our single entity model, ‘One Mpac’, 
offering innovative automation and 
packaging machinery solutions from 
our extensive portfolio of engineered 
modules. In 2019, at the ‘mid-point’ 
of the strategic period, the objectives 
were validated with the support of 
a third-party assessment of our 
approach. At the time, the overall 
growth targets were considered to 
be accessible and, underpinned by 
the execution of our technology and 
innovation roadmap, were expected to 
accelerate progress in achieving our 
strategic aims in the growth sectors 
of pharmaceutical, healthcare and 
food and beverage. While the impact 
from the spread of Covid-19 has 
resulted in a pause to the previous 
growth trajectory, the medium-term 
fundamentals of the markets in which 
we operate remain valid. 

The acquisition of Switchback adds 
both immediate opportunities for 

commercial synergies and provides 
the Group with a facility in the US from 
which Mpac can leverage the Lambert, 
Langen and Switchback product range 
to local customers. The Switchback 
and Lambert acquisitions provide 
opportunities to cross sell automation 
and packaging solutions to common 
customers, and our commercial teams 
from across the Group are generating 
qualified opportunities to leverage the 
Group’s extended product, solutions 
and technology offering. Cross selling 
of the existing product and Service 
offering to new and existing customers 
is a clear target, ensuring we better 
understand their evolving needs and 
extend our customer proposition with 
a broader solution approach. During 
2020 we recruited a Chief Commercial 
Officer to lead this process on a global 
basis. Deployment of our commercial 
excellence programme to our sales 
team will assist in delivering the 
commercial synergies and further 
training modules aimed at increasing 
our win ratio and expanding our 
customer base through our 
geographic reach.

The Group has undertaken a review 
of our market approach and digital 
platform customer proposition and as 
a result, Mpac launched a new Group 
branded website (www.mpac-group.
com) and aligned its commercial 
approach to the wider Mpac brand 
websites. Further investment in our 
online presence will continue in 2021. 
Resources have also been deployed 
into social media platforms, resulting 
in a significant uptick in followers 
and lead generation.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

13

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

“ Despite the challenges of 2020, we continued 
to make significant progress in the execution 
of our long-term strategy, and we remain 
focused on the growth sectors in which the 
Group currently operates.”

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

14

Operating 
review
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Innovation remains the key to long 
term sustainable growth. During the 
year we developed and launched a 
full-line solution for automation and 
packaging in the healthcare sector, 
which is already generating orders. 
In the food and beverage sector we 
developed equipment to expand 
our end of line packaging offering, 
alongside innovations focused on 
improved machine performance 
together with the Industry 4.0 
enabled technology.

Make Service a Business
Our customers have an extensive, 
globally installed base which they 
expect to run continuously at 
high levels of overall equipment 
effectiveness. This requirement 
increased during the pandemic as 
the need for equipment to run with 
less user intervention became more 
critical. The trends towards Industry 
4.0 and its enabling technological 
platforms support our strategy 
to work with our customers to 
ensure they maximise their return 
on investment throughout the life 
cycle of the equipment. We offer 
comprehensive Service, monitoring 
and maintenance programmes to 
maximise uptime and minimise cost 
of production through our global 
Service business.

In 2020 and due to the pandemic, 
the requirement from customers for 
digital technology and remote support 
offerings increased significantly 
and Mpac was able to address this 
requirement and offer solutions for 
customers which ensured that any 
lost ‘on site’ Service revenues were 
mitigated with alternative remote 
revenue streams. Investment in 
enabling technologies to facilitate 
remote service support for our 

customers ensured that Mpac was 
well positioned to respond and adapt 
quickly to the pandemic.

The focus remains to ensure that 
the Service business teams work 
closely with every customer to 
understand their current and future 
needs and to tailor contracted service 
programme agreements aimed at 
customer productivity improvements. 
Working across our strategic lines, 
our Excellence in Service programme 
is an initiative focused on quick 
response and high spare part 
availability for our global customers, 
which has already increased 
Service revenue.

Growth of our Service business 
will be supported by new OE 
product launches during the year, 
the technology within which will 
enable customers to optimise their 
production processes and improve 
product quality through greater 
equipment connectivity, data 
extraction and interpretation, as well 
as enable Mpac to deliver a wider 
range of more planned service.

Operational Efficiency
Our consistent aim is to be a 
customer focused, responsive 
and flexible Group achieved 
through organisational excellence, 
underpinned by a global supply chain 
and supported by a single business 
model, ‘One Mpac’. The cross 
utilisation of resources is now the 
norm as opposed to the exception.

In October 2020, we completed 
the first significant milestone of 
our project to harmonise our global 
Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) 
landscape and to leverage the work 
previously completed in deploying 

common engineering design 
platforms to our manufacturing sites 
with the successful deployment at our 
facility in the Netherlands. This was 
followed by deployment to our facility 
in Canada in early 2021.

Mpac business model 'One Mpac’
We have operations around the world 
and industry-leading technologies. 
None of that is possible, of course, 
without the abilities and commitment 
of our people. Having a highly skilled, 
technical workforce in place and 
ensuring everyone can contribute at 
their highest level and grow in their 
position over the long term enables 
us to win as a team. Through ‘One 
Mpac’, we are developing leaders, 
while engaging and empowering 
our global workforce. With strong 
leaders, engaged people and common 
processes, we strengthen the 
organisation and create value for our 
customers and shareholders.

Outlook
Despite the challenges of 2020, 
we continued to make significant 
progress in the execution of our 
strategy, and we remain well 
positioned, serving the Covid-19 
resilient end markets with long-term 
growth potential. The pandemic 
will take time to be brought under 
control and while this process 
continues investment decisions 
will inevitably come under more 
scrutiny as businesses assess the 
economic impact.

The prior investments in innovation 
and operational excellence combined 
with the group’s agility to adapt 
ensures we are well placed to 
continue our positive progress.

The Group has both the financial 
and managerial resource available 
to continue to develop the business, 
with the prime focus being on organic 
growth, leveraged with our global 
manufacturing and service reach and 
the continued development of new 
technology and products alongside 
an expanded Service offering to our 
customers. We continue to evaluate 
potential complementary acquisition 
opportunities.

Our rich history of innovative 
packaging machinery and automation 
solutions align well with customer 
demand and we are in an enviable 
position to serve our customers with 
efficient, connected, and reliable 
solutions, delivered via our ‘One Mpac’ 
business model.

We entered 2021 with a stronger order 
book compared to the previous year 
and have been successful in further 
extending the diversity of customers 
and product ranges. 2021 has started 
well across all regions and the Group’s 
future prospects remain positive.

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

29 March 2021

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
“ At the start of the 
pandemic we introduced 
cost saving and liquidity 
management measures 
to maximise our resilience 
during the crisis and 
increase our competitive 
advantage when we 
emerge from it.“

Revenue and operating results
Group revenue in the year was 
£83.7m (2019: £88.8m). Revenue 
in the Original Equipment ("OE") 
division was £64.1m (2019: £69.4m) 
and revenue in the Service division 
was £19.6m (2019: £19.4m). Gross 
profit was £24.3m (2019: £26.0m) 
and underlying selling, distribution 
and administration costs were £17.8m 
(2019: £18.3m).

Underlying operating profit was 
£6.5m (2019: £7.7m). Underlying profit 
after tax was £6.3m (2019: £7.8m) 
and statutory profit for the period was 
£3.3m (2019: £5.9m).

Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items merit separate 
presentation in the consolidated 
income statement to allow a better 
understanding of the Group’s 
financial performance, by facilitating 
comparisons with prior periods and 
assessments of trends in financial 
performance. Pension costs, 
restructuring costs and acquisition 
related charges are considered 
non-underlying items as they are not 
representative of the core trading 
activities of the Group and are not 
included in the underlying profit 
before tax measure reviewed by 
key stakeholders.

Restructuring
The Group undertook a limited 
number of restructuring initiatives 
during the year which were primarily 
focused on reshaping and integrating 
the UK operations into one facility 
with the aim of improving operational 
efficiency and reducing overheads. 

Interest and taxation
Net finance income was £nil (2019: 
£0.1m). Tax on underlying profit before 
tax was £nil (2019: £0.3m credit) due 
to utilisation of unrecognised deferred 
tax balances. The tax credit on the 
Group’s profit before tax was £0.4m 
(2019: £0.5m).

Dividends
Having considered the trading results 
for 2020 and the opportunities for 
investment in the growth of the 
Group, together with the continued 
uncertainty surrounding the impact of 
the pandemic, the Board has decided 
that it is not appropriate to pay a 
final dividend. No interim dividend 
was paid in 2020. Future dividend 
payments will be considered by the 
Board in the context of 2021 trading 
performance and when the Board 
believes it is prudent to do so.

Cash, treasury and funding activities
Cash at the end of the year was 
£15.5m (2019: £18.9m). Net cash 
inflow before reorganisation was 
£12.8m (2019: £5.1m), after a 
decrease in working capital of £7.5m 
(2019: £2.1m increase) and defined 
benefit pension payments of £3.0m 
(2019: £2.9m). Reorganisation and 
acquisition costs of £0.9m (2019: 
£1.0m) were paid in the year. Net 
taxation payments were £0.7m 
(2019: £1.0m received). Capital 
expenditure on property, plant and 
equipment was £1.2m (2019: £1.4m), 
capital expenditure on assets under 
construction was £nil (2019: £0.6m) 
and capitalised product development 
expenditure was £1.8m (2019: £0.3m). 

£83.7m

Revenue 

7.8%

Underlying operating 
return on sales

£6.5m

Underlying profit before tax 

31.4p

Underlying EPS 

16.3p

Basic EPS 

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

15

Financial 
review

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

16

Financial 
review
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The acquisition of Switchback 
resulted in an immediate net 
cash outflow of £9.8m. Deferred 
consideration of up to £1.1m is 
expected to fall due in equal sums 
over the next two years. It is pleasing 
to report that the acquired business 
has performed well in 2021 and at a 
run-rate ahead of the criteria required 
for full payment of the deferred 
consideration.

The Group entered into a three-year 
funding agreement with HSBC in 
2019, which provided the Group with 
a £10.0m revolving credit facility to 
support future growth. This facility 
also provides a number of other 
opportunities to more proactively 
manage the Group’s cash and ensure 
that the Group is well placed to react 
to opportunities, both organic and 
acquisition related, as they arise.

The risk associated with the pandemic 
and the spread of Covid-19 was the 
primary new significant risk that the 
Group is exposed to. The mitigation 
steps associated with identified risks 
are shown on pages 18 to 20. There 
were no other significant changes 
during the year in the financial 
risks, principally currency risks and 
interest rate movements, to which 
the business is exposed, and the 
Group treasury policy has remained 
unchanged. The Group does not 
trade in financial instruments and 
enters into derivatives (mainly forward 
foreign exchange contracts) solely for 
the purpose of minimising currency 
exposures on sales or purchases in 
other than the functional currencies 
of its various operations.

Reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to profit/(loss) before tax

Underlying profit before tax

Non-underlying items
Defined benefit pension scheme – past service cost GMP equalisation
Defined benefit pension scheme – US pension past service gain
Defined benefit pension scheme – other costs and interest
Reorganisation costs
Acquired intangible asset amortisation – Lambert
Acquisition costs and acquired intangible asset amortisation – Switchback
Provision in respect of discontinued operation
Non-underlying items total
Profit before tax

2020 
£m
6.3

(0.2)
–
(0.7)
(0.5)
(1.4)
(0.6)
–
(3.4)
2.9

2019 
£m
7.5

–
1.1
(0.8)
(0.3)
(1.9)
–
(0.2)
(2.1)
5.4

Revenue (£m)

Underlying profit before tax (£m)

100

80

60

40

20

0

10

5

0

-5

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Underlying operating return on sales (%)

Underlying EPS (p)

10

5

0

-5

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

40

30

20

10

0

-10

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

“ The acquisition of Switchback represents a 
compelling fit with Mpac’s strategic intent 
of being a market leader in the provision 
of full-line packaging solutions for the 
pharmaceutical, healthcare and food and 
beverage sectors.”

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Prior year adjustments
Following an internal review of 
Mpac’s compliance with IFRS 15 and 
the FRC’s third thematic review of 
IFRS 15, published 24 September 
2020, the Group has restated certain 
balances previously reported, in 
accordance with IAS 8, to align the 
treatment of contract assets, contract 
liabilities, contract fulfilment assets 
and work in progress recognised in 
relation to contracts, more closely 
to the demands of IFRS 15. These 
balances do not change any of the 
key metrics used by the Group, with 
gross profit, operating profit, profit 
before and after tax, earnings per 
share, net current assets and 
retained earnings remaining 
unchanged. These adjustments do 
not affect the future anticipated 
performance of the Group. 

Pension schemes
The Group is responsible for defined 
benefit pension schemes in the UK 
and the USA, in which there are no 
active members.

The IAS 19 valuation of the UK 
scheme’s assets and liabilities was 
undertaken as at 31 December 2020 

and was based on the information 
used for the funding valuation work 
as at 30 June 2018, updated to reflect 
both conditions at the 2020 year end 
and the specific requirements of 
IAS 19. The smaller US defined 
benefit schemes were valued as at 
31 December 2020, using actuarial 
data as of 1 January 2020, updated 
for conditions existing at the year 
end. Under IAS 19, the Group has 
elected to recognise all actuarial 
gains and losses outside of the 
income statement. 

The IAS 19 valuation of the UK 
scheme resulted in a net surplus at 
the end of the year of £14.0m (2019: 
£20.4m), which is included within 
the Group’s and Company’s assets. 
The value of the scheme’s assets at 
31 December 2020 was £440.9m 
(2019: £423.6m) and the value of the 
scheme’s liabilities was £426.9m 
(2019: £403.2m). The scheme was 
largely protected from the sharp 
reduction in the main discount rate 
by the liability matching strategy 
agreed between the trustee and the 
Company, which was implemented 
early in 2019 and continues to evolve 
as the scheme matures. 

The IAS 19 valuations of the US 
pension schemes showed an 
aggregated net deficit of £3.0m 
(2019: £3.1m), with total assets of 
£10.1m (2019: £10.4m).

During the year, the Company made 
payments to the UK defined benefit 
scheme of £1.9m (2019: £1.9m) in 
respect of the deficit recovery plan. 
A contribution of £0.8m (2019: £nil), 
in accordance with the profit sharing 
arrangement in the schedule of 
contributions, was also paid. In 2019 
£0.1m was paid following the receipt 
of proceeds from the disposal of 
the I&TM business, being 10% of net 
proceeds. Payments of £0.3m (2019: 
£0.9m) were made to the US schemes 
in the year.

In 2019, the UK scheme’s triennial 
valuation as at 30 June 2018 was 
completed, with the reported deficit 
reducing to £35.2m (30 June 2015: 
£69.6m). The contributions remained 
at the same level, but the recovery 
period reduced to six years and one 
month (30 June 2015: 14 years and 2 
months). Further details are shown 
in note 24.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

17

Equity
Group equity at 31 December 2020 
was £44.4m (2019: £47.5m). The 
movement arises mainly from the 
profit for the period of £3.3m, a net 
actuarial loss in respect of the Group’s 
defined benefit pension schemes of 
£6.6m and currency translation losses 
on foreign currency net investments 
of £0.2m, all figures are stated net of 
tax where applicable.

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

29 March 2021

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

“ Mpac has a strong balance sheet, is well 
financed, remains bank debt free and has 
access to a £10m secured committed revolving 
facility which remains undrawn.”

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

The Board regularly considers the main risks that the Group faces and how to mitigate those risks. The principal risks 
and uncertainties to which the business is exposed are summarised as follows.

18

Risk

Covid-19 

Mitigation

2020 Movement

Principal 
risks and 
uncertainties

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Group has identified three categories of risk 
associated with the initial spread of Covid-19 
and the emergence of new variants from the 
virus. Firstly, the risk associated with weakening 
customer confidence and prolonged investment 
decision making driven by wider economic 
uncertainty which could result either in projects 
being cancelled or delayed. The second element 
is the risk of supply chain disruption with demand 
for key components exceeding supply coupled 
with disruption to transportation. Finally, the risk of 
an outbreak at a Group facility which could result 
in a production delay whilst the facility was deep 
cleaned, and employees were quarantined or are 
recovering from illness. The consequences being 
that the Group operates at lower productivity 
levels during the transition phase.

The Group implemented a series of measures to preserve cash, 
reduce discretionary spend and to focus on digital marketing and 
innovation so as to provide a shield from the worst commercial 
and financial impact of the pandemic. The geographic diversity of 
the customer base, coupled with supplying the Covid-19 resilient 
markets of healthcare, pharmaceutical and food and beverage 
provide a mitigation to the impact from the pandemic. 

The Group’s supply chain has been established to ensure there 
are several options for all critical parts. The global supply chain 
includes a blend of local suppliers alongside low-cost suppliers  
to provide flexibility.

The Group continues to focus on protecting our employees' health 
and wellbeing by implementing site testing, ensuring appropriate 
social distancing regimes are in place and increased hygiene 
routines at our plants. This, alongside an operational footprint 
established with common engineering and project management 
platforms, allows for project execution to be relocated in the event 
of resource constraints or Group employees being unavailable to 
work due to the pandemic.

Significant increase
The impact of the pandemic is mitigated, 
primarily due to the markets served and the 
wider geographical nature of our customer base. 
However, during 2020 the risk has increased 
significantly from both the spread of the virus 
and the wider economic impact on customers 
investment decision making and, more recently, 
from the emergence of new variants which are 
either more transmittable or resistant to vaccines.

Economic and market cycles 

The Group is potentially affected by global and 
local economic cycles and changes in a number  
of industrial sectors, including the pharmaceutical, 
healthcare and food and beverage industries. Such 
potential changes include those arising as  
a consequence of governmental activities, such  
as regulation and taxation. 

Brexit trade disruption

The impact on the Group from the UK leaving the 
EU and entering a post-transition trade agreement 
is limited to potential disruption of the flow of trade 
at ports of entry between the Mpac business in 
Tadcaster and customers within the EU, and to a 
lesser extent, on trade from the Mpac EU-based 
entity and customers within the UK.

Customers, suppliers and Group operations are geographically 
diverse and the Group sells a range of products and services to  
a number of industries in all parts of the world.

The usual market cycles have been disrupted by the pandemic, 
with shifts in sector demand and new opportunities being 
accelerated. Mpac has benefitted from these disruptions, with  
the investment in flexible, connected machinery having been 
rapidly applied to new applications as required.

Increasing
The recent events showed that our customers and 
suppliers are less affected by economic cycles 
than most and the Group has the ability to flex to 
the demands of the customer base.

Trade disruption risk is partially mitigated by matching the 
locations of customers and production within the Mpac Langen 
business and flexible production facilities across three continents, 
along with limited reliance upon the UK market. 

Specific actions were taken prior to the year end to minimise 
any disruption to the supply of parts into the UK, including the 
acceleration of delivery schedules and ensuring that, as far as 
possible, the UK sites could service all aspects of the UK installed 
machine fleet without the physical presence of non-UK staff.

Decreasing
The late conclusion of the Brexit agreements and 
the subsequent uncertainty regarding the flow 
of goods through ports of entry increase the risk 
of unexpected disruption to the Mpac UK and EU 
operations. The risk is mitigated by a low volume of 
consignments.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Risk

Regulatory change

The Group may be affected by changes in global 
or national regulations across any of its key 
sectors, examples of which include changes  
in regulations which significantly change 
the demand for our customers' products or 
restrictions upon/changes to the methods of 
packaging and distribution. 

Loss of trading partners

The Group faces the general risk of trading 
partners, including both customers and suppliers, 
ceasing to operate; the loss of any such partner 
could have an adverse effect on the Group’s 
operating results and financial condition, including 
potentially affecting the viability of a subsidiary 
company. A number of customers operate in 
countries that may face a higher degree of political 
risk than others.

Large one-off projects

The Group undertakes large, one-off projects 
for its customers each year. Several risks follow 
from the nature of this type of business, including 
the potential for cost over-runs and delays in 
performing the contract, with a consequent impact 
on cash flows and profits. Also, the Group is prone 
to potentially large fluctuations in business levels, 
as demand can be volatile.

Loss of a key facility

The Group operates a number of sites around 
the world and the loss of any one of them would 
interrupt a revenue stream and could potentially 
have an adverse effect on the Group’s operating 
results and financial condition.

The Group, and the Group’s customers and 
suppliers, may also be affected by sudden 
restrictions in global logistics.

Exchange rate movements

The majority of the Group’s trading is conducted 
outside of the UK and in currencies other than 
sterling. Consequently, its financial performance  
is affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange 
rates, particularly as a result of changes in the 
relative values of the US dollar, Canadian dollar, 
euro, and sterling.

Mitigation

2020 Movement

The Group’s products are used to produce and package a very 
wide range of products and restrictions or changes to any one 
product, especially within our key sectors where individuals are 
reliant upon the sector on a daily basis, provides some mitigation 
against sudden change.

Unchanged
The demand for new packaging and innovation in 
this area has continued unabated, to the benefit  
of the Group.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

19

The Group has extensive knowledge and experience in designing 
machines to accept all kinds of products and packaging materials, 
including those with the lowest environmental impact and 
machines designed to minimise packaging material usage whilst 
maintaining the customer’s product in perfect condition.

The Group has a diversified base of customers. In certain years, 
sales to a customer may be more than 15% of Group revenue, 
although the sales would typically be both original equipment  
and service, and to a number of different geographic regions.  
The Group regularly reviews its trading relationships with  
suppliers with the aim of ensuring that alternative sources of 
supply are available.

Customers – Decreasing 
Suppliers – Increasing
The Group continues to enjoy a diverse, blue chip 
customer base, so the impact of a loss of a single 
customer is limited. The strength of our customer 
base has both increased and diversified during 
the year, so this risk has decreased. Suppliers, 
however, are at greater risk of distress in difficult 
or changing market conditions and positive steps 
towards additional supplier diversification have 
been taken.

The Group utilises good project management practices, including 
regular technical and commercial reviews of its major projects. 
Resource capacity is regularly reviewed, alongside reviews of  
order prospects lists.

Unchanged
Strong contract management processes have 
ensured that the Group has broadly maintained 
profitability from the ‘as sold’ level through  
to completion.

Disaster recovery plans are in place for each site. IT infrastructures 
are designed to have minimal inter dependence across the Group, 
thereby not exposing a number of facilities to the failure of one 
central system.

The diverse locations and common skill sets around the Group, 
along with the Group’s investments in communication technology, 
means that production could be moved from one site to another 
at short notice in the event that a site or its region were unable to 
function for a period of time.

Increasing
The Covid pandemic highlighted the potential for 
one of the Group’s sites to be temporarily closed 
as a result of external circumstances and this 
risk continues whilst, although prudent measures 
are being taken, there is no certainty that a local 
outbreak could be contained whilst maintaining 
operations. Appropriate contractual protections 
are included in the Group’s contracts to mitigate 
the direct financial cost of such an event.

The Group has a wide supply base in different countries and 
monitors the relative values of currencies in making purchasing 
decisions. The Group enters into forward foreign exchange 
contracts to minimise currency exposures on sales and purchases 
in other than the functional currencies of its operations.

Increased
Volatility in the foreign exchange markets was 
greater in 2020 than prior years, in particular in 
relation to the US dollar, but the use of hedging 
and matching of supply locations to customers 
continues to minimise the impact.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Risk

IT Security

Mitigation

2020 Movement

20

Principal 
risks and 
uncertainties
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Group holds sensitive data relating to its 
employees, customers and suppliers, as well as 
intellectual property and financial data. Should 
security infringement occur, the Group risks loss  
of customers, disruption of normal operations, 
fines and reputational damage.

The Group continually reviews the effectiveness of its IT 
security controls in consultation with external experts and 
invests in industry best practice security software. The security 
arrangements of the Group’s IT assets prevent unauthorised 
access to core IT hardware. IT infrastructures are designed to have 
minimal inter dependence across the Group. Cyber security user 
training is employed as a final line of defence.

Unchanged
The Group maintains best practice in this area and 
there has been no significant change in the period.

Availability of funding

The banking facilities in place prove insufficient 
for the needs of the Group to meet its growth 
objectives.

The Group conducted an in-depth review of its requirements  
and put in place a £10.0m revolving credit facility with HSBC 
during 2019.

As at 31 December 2020, the Group holds cash balances of 
£15.5m. It is considered that the Group has sufficient cash 
resources to carry on in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future without the use of the new facility, which thus provides 
a substantial buffer against the Group being constrained by 
restricted availability of funding. 

Decreasing
The facility remains in place and undrawn, with  
the cash balance and operational cash flow 
remaining positive in the period. The acquisition  
of Switchback in the year was funded from  
internal resources.

Global interest rate reductions and government 
lending support have increased the availability of 
further funding should it be required.

Liabilities of the Group sponsored 
defined benefit pension schemes

The Group is responsible for the funding of a 
defined benefit pension scheme in the UK, which 
pays a levy to the Pension Protection Fund of an 
amount outside the control of the Group, as well as 
three smaller such schemes in the USA. Changes 
in the value of the liabilities of the pension 
schemes, which were valued in aggregate at 
£440.0m at 31 December 2020 in accordance with 
IAS 19, as a consequence of changes in interest 
rates and mortality rates, amongst others, and 
changes in the value of the assets of the pension 
schemes, which were valued in aggregate at 
£451.0m at 31 December 2020, are largely outside 
the control of the Group. The valuation of these 
schemes impact on the value of capital employed 
in the Group and the extent to which, as a matter 
of law, it has available as distributable profits. The 
Group has responsibility for the adequate funding 
of the pension schemes and is currently paying 
to the UK scheme £1.9m per annum in respect 
of deficit funding following an actuarial funding 
valuation as at 30 June 2018. The UK scheme is 
subject to a full actuarial funding valuation as at 
30 June 2021, which will help inform its funding 
requirements over the subsequent periods.

Litigation

The Group from time to time may be subject to 
claims from third parties in relation to its current 
and past operations, which could result in legal 
costs and rulings against it that may have a 
material effect on the Group’s operating results 
and financial condition.

The Group and the pension schemes implement liability reduction 
strategies where such opportunities exist and the Group maintains 
regular dialogue with its pension advisors on such matters. Regular 
meetings are held with the trustee of the UK pension scheme, 
to input into their asset investment decisions and to apprise the 
trustee of the progress of the Group to help inform them in making 
decisions which may impact the scheme funding requirements. 
In particular, the Group and the trustees of the schemes have an 
active programme of risk mitigation for the schemes, including 
seeking to match investments to the underlying liabilities and 
to provide options for the membership which can benefit both 
themselves and the schemes. However, many factors that impact 
the valuations and funding requirements of the pension schemes 
are outside the control of the Group.

Unchanged
The continued falls in the discount rate led to the 
funding level of the scheme declining during the 
year, though this was largely mitigated by the 
investment strategy, but the scheme’s funding 
levels were, for the third consecutive year, affected 
by regulatory changes, in the current period by 
the change in index linked bond returns (from RPI 
to CPIH in 2030) and the results of the Lloyds 
Banking Group Pensions Trustees Limited v Lloyds 
Bank plc GMP equalisation rulings.

The Group has a comprehensive risk management and review 
process which is aimed at minimising the risk of such claims 
arising as a consequence of its actions. Insurance policies are 
in place to cover some such incidences and third-party legal 
assistance is sought as required.

Unchanged
No new material claims in the period. 

The strategic report was approved by the board and signed by Andrew Kitchingman, Chairman, on 29 March 2021.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

21

Corporate
governance

2
0

1
2

0
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“ We are committed to 
excellence in corporate 
governance, and maintain 
clear policies and practices 
that promote good 
corporate governance.”

As Chairman of the Company, it is my responsibility to lead the Board in 
upholding high standards of corporate governance throughout the Group. It 
therefore gives me pleasure to introduce our governance statement for 2020.

The QCA Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“QCA Code”)
The Board believes that sound governance is fundamental to good business 
and has chosen to follow the QCA Code. During 2020, the Company has 
complied with the 10 principles set out within the QCA Code, as shown on 
page 23.

However, the Board recognises the need to continue to develop governance 
practices and disclosures in some areas in order to ensure we continue to apply 
the principles going forward.

The policies, procedures and relevant systems we have implemented to date 
have given us a firm foundation for our governance structure, and the Board 
regularly reviews the structure to ensure that it develops in line with the growth 
and strategic plans of the Group.

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

29 March 2021

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

22

Chairman’s 
corporate 
governance 
statement

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Deliver Growth
The Board has collective responsibility for setting the strategic aims and 
objectives of the Group. Our strategy is articulated on pages 5 to 9 and on our 
website. In the course of implementing our strategic aims, the Board takes 
into account expectations of the Company’s shareholders and also its wider 
stakeholders and social responsibilities.

The Board also has responsibility for the Group’s internal control and 
risk management systems. The Board regularly reviews the risks faced 
and ensures the mitigation strategies in place are the most effective and 
appropriate to the Group’s operations.

Dynamic Management Framework
As Chairman, I regularly consider the operation of the Board as a whole and the 
performance of the Directors individually. The Directors attend seminars from 
time to time as appropriate, have regular updates at Board meetings to assist 
with training and awareness of compliance issues facing Boards of quoted 
companies, and also are made aware of developments in governance generally.

The Board carries out a formal review annually in respect of its performance 
over the previous year. The evaluation is informed by detailed questionnaires 
completed by each Director which are then summarised on an anonymous 
basis, considered by the Board and action taken as appropriate. All 
appointments to the Board will be on merit, but with due consideration to 
the need for diversity on the Board. Such appointments will be made to 
complement the existing balance of skills and experience on the Board.

The Company operates an open and inclusive culture and this is reflected in 
the way that the Board conducts itself. The Non-Executive Directors regularly 
attend the Group’s offices and other Group events. With a relatively small 
employee base, such interactions mean it is relatively straightforward for the 
Board to promote and assess the desired corporate culture. 

1.  Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value 

for shareholders.

2.  Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations.

3.  Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities, and their 

implications for long-term success.

4.  Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and 

threats, throughout the organisation.

5.  Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair.

6.  Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date 

experience, skills and capabilities.

7.  Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, 

seeking continuous improvement.

8.  Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and 

behaviours.

9.  Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose 

and support good decision-making by the Board.

Build Trust
The Board will continue to monitor its application of the QCA Code and revise 
its governance framework as appropriate as the Group evolves.

10.  Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by 

maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

23

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Board recognises the importance of maintaining regular dialogue 
with institutional shareholders to ensure that the Group’s strategy is 
communicated and to understand the expectations of our shareholders.

Our Board and Committee structure 

Chairman

The Board

Company 
Secretary

Remuneration and  
Nomination Committee

Audit Committee

Executive Leadership Team

Chief Executive
Group Finance Director
Chief Commercial Officer
Managing Director – Americas
President – Switchback
Site Director – Wijchen
Managing Director – Lambert
Innovation Director – Langen
Innovation Director – Lambert

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Andrew Kitchingman FCA
Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman

Dr Tony Steels
Chief Executive 

Will Wilkins FCCA
Group Finance Director 

Sara Fowler
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Doug Robertson
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

24

Board of 
Directors

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Appointment: 
Andrew Kitchingman joined 
the Board on 11 May 2016 as 
a Non-Executive Director and 
was appointed Chairman of 
the Board on 19 April 2018.

Committees: 
Member of the Audit 
Committee and the 
Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: 
Andrew is a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England 
and Wales, and formerly 
worked in senior positions 
in corporate finance with a 
number of firms, including 
KPMG, Hill Samuel, 
Albert E Sharp, Brewin 
Dolphin and WH Ireland.

Key strengths:
  Strong experience of 
financial control and good 
corporate governance

  Expertise in equity and 
debt capital raising

  Mergers & acquisitions

Other commitments: 
Non-Executive Director of 
Andrew Sykes Group plc, 
MORhomes plc and Lon-Pro 
Holdings plc. Chairman of 
British Board of Agrément 
and a member of the 
northern fundraising Board of 
Marie Curie. He is a treasurer 
of Ripon Cathedral.

Appointment: 
Tony Steels joined the 
Company and was appointed 
to the Board as Chief 
Executive on 6 June 2016.

Appointment: 
Will Wilkins joined the 
Mpac Group Board as 
Group Finance Director 
on 28 June 2018.

Appointment: 
Sara Fowler joined the 
Mpac Group Board 
on 6 March 2020 as a 
Non-Executive Director.

Appointment: 
Doug Robertson joined 
the Mpac Group Board 
on 1 November 2018 as a 
Non-Executive Director.

Skills and experience: 
Will is a Chartered Certified 
Accountant and, prior to 
his appointment, he held a 
variety of senior positions 
with the Company including 
Group Financial Controller 
and Group Operations 
Director. He previously held 
a senior financial position at 
BSH Home Appliances and 
began his career at Grant 
Thornton in 1992.

Key strengths:
  Extensive experience 
in improving business 
systems, processes and 
controls

  More than 25 years, proven 
track record as a senior 
finance professional with 
strong financial reporting 
discipline

  Cross functional practical 
experience in operations 
and finance

Skills and experience: 
Tony previously held a 
number of senior UK and 
international management 
positions in advanced 
technology and capital 
equipment industry, most 
recently at Cytec Industries, 
Umeco plc and Georg 
Fischer AG. He has degrees 
in both Engineering and 
Management, together with 
a PhD in business process 
modelling, augmented with 
over 30 years, industrial 
management experience.

Key strengths:
  Capital Equipment 
Industry experience 
of more than 20 years

  Delivery of strategic 
transformations and 
sustainable profitable 
growth

  Extensive senior executive 
international business 
development

  Selection and development 
of high-performance 
leadership teams

Committees: 
Chair of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee 
and a member of the Audit 
Committee.

Committees: 
Chair of the Audit 
Committee and member 
of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: 
Doug was Group Finance 
Director of SIG plc until 
he retired from the role in 
January 2017. Prior to 
joining SIG, Doug was Group 
Finance Director of Umeco 
plc and Seton House Group 
Limited. He spent his early 
career with Williams plc in a 
variety of senior financial 
and business roles.

Key strengths:
  Extensive multinational 
financial management 
experience in both public 
and private companies

  Strategic planning

  Acquisitions and 
divestments

Other commitments: 
Non-Executive Director 
at HSS Hire Group plc 
and Zotefoams plc.

Skills and experience: 
Sara is a chartered accountant 
and former partner with 
Ernst & Young (“EY”), a 
former practising member 
of the Academy of Experts 
and a CEDR accredited 
mediator. She had been with 
EY for 30 years, a partner for 
17 years and senior partner for 
EY Midlands for seven years 
until 30 June 2017. She was on 
the Board of the Compulsory 
Purchase Association 
and Chair of the CBI West 
Midlands.

Key strengths:
  Extensive HR experience 
gained through her roles 
at EY and as an accredited 
mediator

  Extensive financial 
experience

  Experience of developing 
the skills agenda

Other commitments: 
Chair of BHSF Group Limited, 
Non-Executive Director of 
St Basils and a Non-Executive 
Director of EY Foundation.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

25

Corporate 
governance 
report

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Composition and independence of the Board
The Board consists of five Directors: The Non-Executive Chairman, two 
Executive Directors and two Non-Executive Directors. All of the Non-Executive 
Directors are considered independent.

Details of each Director’s experience and background are given in their 
biographies on page 24. The skill-set and experience of Board members is 
relevant for the current position of the Company and covers areas including 
financial management and control, capital raising, capital goods industries, 
banking, engineering, strategic planning, business development, mergers and 
acquisitions and international management.

Appointments to the Board and re-election
The Board has delegated the tasks of reviewing Board composition, searching 
for appropriate candidates and making recommendations to the Board on 
candidates to be appointed as Directors to the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee. Further details on the role of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee may be found on page 30.

All Directors will offer themselves for annual re-election, in accordance with 
best practice in corporate governance.

The Board considers all Directors to be effective and committed to their roles.

Division of responsibilities
The Chairman and Chief Executive have separate, clearly defined roles. The 
Chairman leads the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in 
directing the Company, and the Chief Executive is responsible for implementing 
the Group’s strategy and for its operational performance.

Executive Directors
The Executive Directors are full-time employees of the Company and have 
entered into service agreements with the Company.

Non-Executive Directors
Each of the Non-Executive Directors has entered into a letter of appointment 
with the Company which set out the duties of the Director and commitment 
expected. They are expected to commit at least 24 days per annum to their role 
and are specifically tasked with:

  bringing independent judgement to bear on issues put to the Board;

  applying their knowledge and experience in considering matters such 
as strategy, company performance, use of resources and standards of 
conduct; and

  ensuring high standards of financial probity and corporate governance.

How the Board operates
The Board is responsible for:

  developing Group strategy, business planning, budgeting and risk 
management;

  monitoring performance against budget and other agreed objectives;

  setting the Group’s values and standards, including policies on employment, 
health and safety, environment and ethics;

  relationships with shareholders and other major stakeholders;

  determining the financial and corporate structure of the Group (including 
financing and dividend policy);

  major investment and divestment decisions, including acquisitions, and 
approving material contracts; and

  Group compliance with relevant laws and regulations.

The Board retains control of certain key decisions through the schedule of 
matters reserved for the Board. It has delegated other matters, responsibilities 
and authorities to each of the Audit and Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees and these are documented in the Terms of Reference of each of 
those Committees. Anything falling outside of the schedule of matters reserved 
or the Committee Terms of Reference falls within the responsibility and 
authority of the Chief Executive, including all executive management matters.

Day-to-day management of the Company’s business is delegated to the 
Executive Directors and in turn to senior members of the leadership team in 
accordance with a clear and comprehensive statement of delegated authorities.

The Board meets at regular intervals and met 11 times during the year. Directors 
also have contact on a variety of issues between formal meetings and there is 
also regular contact with the Executive Leadership Team and the wider senior 
leadership of the Group.

An agenda and accompanying detailed papers, covering key business and 
governance issues and including reports from the Executive Directors and other 
members of senior management, are circulated to the Board in advance of each 
Board meeting. All Directors have direct access to senior management should 
they require additional information on any of the items to be discussed. A 
calendar of matters to be discussed at each meeting is prepared to ensure that 
all key issues are captured.

At each meeting, the Board reviews comprehensive financial and trading 
information produced by the management team and considers the trends in 
the Company’s business and its performance against strategic objectives and 
plans. It also regularly reviews the work of its formally constituted standing 
Committees as described below and compliance with the Group’s policies 
and obligations.

All Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and any 
Committees of which they are members, and to devote sufficient time to the 
Company’s affairs to fulfil their duties as Directors. Where Directors are unable 
to attend a meeting, they are encouraged to submit any comments on paper to 
be considered at the meeting to the Chairman in advance to ensure that their 
views are recorded and taken into account during the meeting.

Directors are encouraged to question and voice any concerns they may have 
on any topic put to the Board for debate. The Board is supported in its work 
by Board Committees, which are responsible for a variety of tasks delegated 
by the Board. There is also an Executive Leadership Team composed of the 
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, and representatives from senior 
management whose responsibilities are to implement the decisions of the 
Board and review the key business objectives and status of projects.

Attendance at Board and Committee meetings by the Directors is shown below.

Audit  

Committee
4/4
1/1
3/3
4/4
–
–

Remuneration 
and Nomination 
Committee
5/5
2/2
3/3
5/5
–
–

Board
11/11
2/3
8/8
11/11
11/11
11/11

Andrew Kitchingman
John Davies1
Sara Fowler2
Doug Robertson
Tony Steels
Will Wilkins

1  Resigned from the Board on 5 March 2020
2  Appointed to the Board on 6 March 2020

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

26

Corporate 
governance 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The main activities of the Board during the year
There are a number of standing and routine items included for review on each 
Board agenda. These include the Chief Executive’s trading update, a health and 
safety report, operations reports, financial reports, governance and investor 
relations updates. In addition, key areas put to the Board for consideration and 
review included:

  approval of annual and half-year report and financial statements;

  dividends;

  review and approval of budget;

  review against strategy;

  implementation of strategy;

  Covid-19 implications;

  going concern and cash flow;

  material customer proposals;

  consideration of banking arrangements;

  investor relations;

  acquisitions and integration;

  review of corporate governance and Group policies;

  review of AGM business;

  outcomes from the Board evaluation process; and

  briefings and review of conflicts of interest.

During the year, the majority of the meetings were held virtually, with no Board 
meetings held overseas, due to the Covid-19 pandemic. This did not impact the 
Directors from undertaking their duties and all Directors participated fully in 
the meetings.

The Board Committees
There are two Board Committees, the Audit Committee and the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee. Both Committees are composed of the three Non-
Executive Directors.

Each Committee has approved Terms of Reference setting out their 
responsibilities which were reviewed and approved by the Board during the 
year and are available on the Company’s website www.mpac-group.com.

Details of the operation of the Board Committees are set out in their respective 
reports below. All of the Board Committees are authorised to obtain, at the 
Company’s expense, professional advice on any matter within their Terms 
of Reference and to have access to sufficient resources in order to carry out 
their duties.

External advisers
The Board seeks advice on various matters from its nominated adviser Shore 
Capital and Corporate Limited and other advisers as appropriate. The Board 
also sought remuneration advice from KPMG LLP during the year.

Development, information and support
Directors keep their skillset up to date with a combination of attendance at 
industry events, individual reading and study, and experience gained from 
other Board roles. The Company Secretary ensures the Board is aware of 
any applicable regulatory and governance changes and developments and 
updates the Board as and when relevant. Directors are able to take independent 
professional advice in the furtherance of their duties, if necessary, at the 
Company’s expense. Directors also have direct access to the advice and 
services of the Company Secretary.

The Company Secretary supports the Chairman in ensuring that the Board 
receives the information and support it needs to carry out its roles.

Directors’ induction
When Directors join the Board, they receive an induction covering topics such 
as the operation of the Board, Directors’ responsibilities, insider dealing, AIM 
Rules and governance.

Conflicts of interest
Under the Company’s Articles, the Directors may authorise any actual 
or potential conflict of interest a Director may have and may impose any 
conditions on the Director that are felt to be appropriate. Directors are not able 
to vote in respect of any contract, arrangement or transaction in which they 
have a material interest and they are not counted in the quorum.

A process is in place to identify any of the Directors’ potential or actual conflicts 
of interest.

Performance evaluation
The Chairman considers the operation of the Board and performance of the 
Directors on an ongoing basis as part of his duties and will bring any areas of 
improvement he considers are needed to the attention of the Board. The Board 
carries out an evaluation process each year in respect of its performance over 
the previous year. The evaluation is informed by a detailed Board effectiveness 
questionnaire completed by each Director and covering topics such as the 
composition of the Board, the quality and timeliness of information provided, 
relationships between the Board, shareholders and employees and succession 
planning. The results are collated and reported to the Board for discussion. 

An evaluation process has been undertaken in respect of 2020 and the results 
discussed by the Board. No substantive actions were taken as a result of the 
Board evaluation.

Accountability
The Company has in place a system of internal financial controls 
commensurate with its current size and activities, which is designed to ensure 
that the possibility of misstatement or loss is kept to a minimum. These 
procedures include the preparation of management accounts, forecast variance 
analysis and other ad-hoc reports. There are clearly defined authority limits 
throughout the Group, including matters reserved specifically for the Board.

Risk management and internal control
Risks throughout the Group are considered and reviewed on a regular basis. 
Risks are identified and mitigating actions put into place as appropriate. 
Principal risks identified are set out in the Strategic report on pages 18 to 20. 
Internal control and risk management procedures can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material misstatement. The internal control 
procedures were in place throughout the financial year and up to the date of 
approval of this report.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Financial and business reporting
The Board seeks to present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of 
the Group’s position and prospects in all half-year, final and any other ad-hoc 
reports, and other information as may be required from time to time. The Board 
receives a number of reports, including those from the Audit Committee, to 
enable it to monitor and clearly understand the Group’s financial position.

Business ethics
The Board is committed to the Group operating to the highest standards of 
ethical behaviour. The Group’s Ethics policy, which was reviewed by the Board 
during the year, sets out certain principles that the Board expects all businesses 
within the Group to adhere to and certain values that should be embodied in the 
day-to-day activities of the Group. It expects all employees of the Group, led by 
the members of the Board and the Group’s senior management, to encourage 
and support all other employees in acting in accordance with the policy. In 
support of this policy and its principles, the Board has published guidance in 
the Group Ethics policy, which is available on the Company’s website at 
www.mpac-group.com/group-policies.

Whistleblowing
The Company has a whistleblowing procedure, details of which are provided 
to all employees. Staff may report any suspicion of fraud, financial irregularity 
or other malpractice to a senior manager, Executive Director, the Company 
Secretary or an independent helpline. The policy is reviewed by the Audit 
Committee every year and updated as required. Details of any matters raised 
under this procedure are reported to the Audit Committee.

Shareholders
The Company welcomes contact with its shareholders and they can contact 
the Company via the Investors section of our website: www.mpac-group.com/
contact-us/.

Directors are available to discuss any matters that shareholders might wish 
to raise. They maintain communication with institutional shareholders, other 
investors and analysts through meetings, particularly following publication of 
the Group’s interim and full-year preliminary results.

Investor relations activity and a review of the shareholder register are quarterly 
items on the Board’s agenda. The Board also regularly receives copies of 
analysts’ and brokers’ briefings.

The Company strives to provide a clear, balanced and comprehensive level 
of information and written material. The Company maintains a corporate 
website which contains regularly updated regulatory and other information. 
The Annual Report and Accounts is a key communication document and is also 
available on the Company’s website. The Company also issues both statutory 
and non-statutory regulatory news announcements throughout the year to 
update on financial, operational and other matters. The Company offers its 
larger shareholders, either directly or via its broker, face-to-face meetings on 
a bi-annual basis at a minimum to present and discuss performance and other 
matters and obtain any feedback. These meetings are hosted by the Company’s 
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director. The Company also hosts a briefing 
for analysts, arranged by the Company’s financial public relations adviser, twice 
a year to coincide with the announcement of its half-year and full-year financial 
results to present and discuss the same matters.

All shareholders are encouraged to attend the Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
at which the Group’s activities will be considered and questions answered. 
The Directors are available to listen to the views of shareholders informally 
immediately following the AGM.

This year’s AGM will be held on Wednesday 5 May 2021. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting is set out on pages 103 to 107 and will be available on the 
Company’s website at www.mpac-group.com. Separate resolutions are 
provided on each issue so that they can be given proper consideration.

I would like to thank all employees for their hard work during such a difficult 
year faced with working under restricted conditions during the global pandemic.

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

29 March 2021

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

27

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Current Committee Members
Doug Robertson – Chairman 
Andrew Kitchingman 
Sara Fowler

28

Audit 
Committee 
report

The Committee’s members are the independent Non-Executive Directors, 
whose biographies are set out on page 24. John Davies stepped down from the 
Committee and Sara Fowler was appointed in his place on 6 March 2020. 

Meetings and attendance
The Committee met four times during the year. All members of the Committee 
at the time of each meeting were present at the meetings. The Chief Executive, 
Group Finance Director, Company Secretary, senior members of the internal 
audit function and representatives of the external auditors (when half-year 
accounts, year-end accounts or external audit plan proposals are considered) 
are invited to attend all or part of each meeting. Each of them has confidential 
access to me at other times as required.

External auditor
The Committee has reviewed the auditor’s independence and performance 
to date and has recommended to the Board that they should be re-appointed 
for the 2021 audit. A resolution to appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as the 
Company’s auditor is to be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting on Wednesday 5 May 2021.

Policies for non-audit services and engagement of former employees of the 
external auditor
The Committee has developed policies relating to the employment of former 
employees of the external auditor and the engagement of the auditors, or 
advisers related to the auditors, on non-audit services. These policies, which 
have been adopted formally by the Board, require, inter alia, the Committee’s 
consent to any engagements or employment, with appropriate confirmation 
of independence from the auditors and the approval of the Committee. These 
policies were reviewed during the year and it was agreed that the external 
auditor will not undertake any non-audit work in the future.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Duties
The duties of the Committee are as set out in its Terms of Reference, which are 
available on the Company’s website at www.mpac-group.com. The Terms of 
Reference are reviewed annually and approved by the Board.

External financial reporting
The committee reviews all areas of the Group’s external financial reporting. This 
year, as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, there has been particular focus on 
judgemental areas such as: going concern; viability; and contract accounting.

The main items of business considered by the Committee during the year 
included:

  review of the year-end audit plan, and consideration of the scope of the audit, 
Group accounting policies and the external auditor’s fees;

  review of the annual report and financial statements, including consideration 
of the significant accounting issues relating to the financial statements, and 
the going concern review;

  consideration of the external audit report and management representation 
letter;

  review and approval of the interim financial statements and the external 
auditor’s report;

  review of the risk management and internal control systems;

  assessment of external audit effectiveness;

  consideration of the internal audit review by BDO LLP;

  review of whistleblowing arrangements; and

  review of the Committee’s Terms of Reference.

“ I am pleased to present 
my report as Chairman 
of the Audit Committee 
for the year ended 
31 December 2020.”

Audit process
The external auditor prepares an audit plan for its review of the full-year 
financial statements, and the audit plan is reviewed and agreed in advance 
by the Committee. Prior to approval of the financial statements, the external 
auditor presents its findings to the Committee, highlighting areas of significant 
financial judgement for discussion.

Internal audit
The Committee considers annually how the internal audit function operates in 
the Group, including its Terms of Reference and whether this gives sufficient 
assurance that the business and controls of the Group are reviewed adequately. 
The Committee also approves the internal audit work plan each year. This 
function is part of the Group’s finance department and its senior member 
reports to the Committee at each meeting on its activities and has direct 
access to me as required at all times.

The Committee reviewed the need for effectiveness and independence of the 
internal audit functions and it was decided to outsource this to BDO LLP.

Whistleblowing
The Group has in place a Whistleblowing policy which sets out the formal 
process by which an employee of the Group may, in confidence, raise 
concerns about possible improprieties in financial reporting or other matters. 
Whistleblowing is an annual item on the Committee’s agenda, and any reported 
incidents will be notified to the Committee. During the year under review, there 
were no reported incidents.

Significant issues considered in relation to the Financial Statements
Significant issues and accounting judgements are identified by the finance 
team and the external audit process, and then reviewed by the Audit 
Committee. The significant issues considered by the Audit Committee in 
respect of the year ended 31 December 2020 are set out on the following page. 

Doug Robertson 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Significant issue/accounting 
judgement identified

How it was addressed

Valuation of contracts 
and provisioning

Pension accounting

Acquisition accounting, 
including the valuation 
of intangible assets

Going concern and 
business disruption

The valuation of contracts is carefully monitored 
throughout the year, utilising both accounting data 
and inputs from all aspects of the business, to ensure 
contracts are valued appropriately at all times.

External experts are used on an ongoing basis 
to value the scheme in line with IAS19 and ensure 
a consistent and appropriate level of disclosure. 

External experts were used to ensure that the 
valuation methods employed were appropriate, 
the disclosures meet the requirements and the 
asset lives are appropriate.

The Group conducts extensive forecasting and 
stress testing exercises for multiple scenarios, 
including pandemics and Brexit, the results 
of which are reviewed regularly by the Board, 
including both realistic worst case scenarios 
and tests to determine what would be required 
to challenge to going concern basis.

Revenue recognition and compliance with IFRS 15
Mpac initiated a review of compliance with IFRS 15 and the FRC’s third thematic 
review of IFRS 15, published 24 September 2020. Validated by the external 
auditors, the review resulted in revisions to contract assets, contract liabilities, 
contract fulfilment assets and work in progress recognised in relation to contracts 
to align more closely to the demands of IFRS 15. The adjustment did not change 
gross profit, operating profit, earnings per share, net current assets or any of the 
key metrics used by the Group.

May

Risk management and internal controls
The Group has established a system of risk management and internal controls. 
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the systems of risk management 
and internal control and has reviewed management’s progress in implementing 
and maintaining such control systems during the year. The Committee is 
satisfied that the internal control systems are operating effectively.

The Board has taken and will continue to take appropriate measures to ensure 
that the chances of financial irregularities occurring are reduced as far as 
reasonably possible by improving the quality of information at all levels in the 
Group, fostering an open environment and ensuring that financial analysis is 
rigorously applied. Any system of internal control can, however, only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The major elements of the system of internal control are as follows:

  major commercial, strategic and financial risks are formally identified, quantified 
and assessed during the annual budgeting exercise and presented to and 
discussed with Executive Directors, after which they are considered by the Board;

  there is a comprehensive system of planning, budgeting, reporting and 
monitoring. This includes monthly management reporting and monitoring of 
performance and forecasts. Monthly reviews are embedded in the internal control 
process and cover each principal site. Monthly reviews require the Executive 
Leadership Team to consider, among other things, business development, 
financial performance against budget and forecast, health and safety and capital 
expenditure proposals, as well as a review of longer-term business development 
and all other aspects of the business. In addition, quarterly business reviews are 
carried out at each principal site and are attended by the Executive Directors and 
local management teams as appropriate;

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

29

  there is an organisational structure with clearly defined lines of responsibility 
and delegation of authority;

  each site is required to comply with defined policies, financial controls and 
procedures and authorisation levels which are clearly communicated;

  a programme of internal control reviews and specific investigations is carried 
out. These are followed up during regular executive management visits. 
The internal control reviews include assessments of compliance with Group 
policies and procedures and findings are reported to the Audit Committee 
and Board as appropriate; a formal risk management audit is regularly carried 
out by Group personnel and external risk management consultants, which 
covers physical damage, environmental and health and safety risks together 
with business continuity issues; and

  formal reports including recommendations are sent to each site for action 
and reported back to Group management. Progress reports are issued to the 
Board for review and monitoring.

Activities during the year
A summary of the Committee’s principal activities in 2020 is set out below.

Month

Principal activities

February

September

November

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  Review the draft Annual Report and Accounts 2019 and draft 
preliminary results announcement
  Consideration of the re-appointment of Grant Thornton UK 
LLP as external auditors
  Review of results of internal control provided by BDO LLP

  Review internal audit plan for the year
  Review of the new whistleblowing arrangements
  Review of the anti-bribery and corruption controls and training
  Consideration of the effectiveness of the external audit 
process

  Review of the half-year results announcement
  Review of external auditor’s memorandum
  Review of Going Concern
  Review of the principal risks and uncertainties
  Internal Control review and update

  Consideration of and approval of external audit fee quotation 
for 2020
  Review and approval of the external audit plan for 2020
  Review and approval of a new non-audit work policy
  Review of internal controls and risk management systems
  Review of Committee Terms of Reference for Board approval
  Review of whistleblowing arrangements
  Review of anti-bribery and corruption policy and procedures
  Annual Committee performance evaluation

Doug Robertson 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

29 March 2021

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

As Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee ("the Committee") 
and on behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our report which is 
presented in three sections: the Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
report, the Remuneration report and the Remuneration policy.

30

Remuneration 
and 
Nomination 
Committee 
report

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Remuneration report, on pages 31 to 32, details the amounts earned by 
the Directors in respect of the period to 31 December 2020 and is subject to 
an advisory shareholder vote. The Remuneration policy, on pages 32 to 35, 
was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 6 May 2020 and is effective for 
a period of three years from that date.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee
Current Committee Members
Sara Fowler – Chair 
Andrew Kitchingman 
Doug Robertson

The main items of business considered by the Committee during the year 
focused on the following matters:

  approving bonus payments to Executive Directors under the Management 
Incentive Bonus Scheme 2019, following assessment of 2019 performance 
against agreed objectives;

  approving the performance criteria for the 2020 Management Incentive 
Bonus Scheme;

  recommendation of the draft Remuneration policy to be put to shareholders 
for their approval at the 2020 AGM;

  reviewed the 2019 performance against the LTIP performance target;

  approval of Executive Directors’ and certain senior managers salary increases;

  reviewed the objectives for the Executive Leadership Team;

  succession planning;

The Committee’s members are the independent Non-Executive Directors, 
whose biographies are set out on page 24. John Davies stepped down from the 
Committee, and as its Chair, on 5 March 2020 and I was appointed a member 
and Committee Chair in his place on 6 March 2020.

  appointment of a new Non-Executive Director;

  reviewed the Committee’s performance evaluation; and

  reviewing the Committee’s Terms of Reference.

Meetings and attendance
The Committee meets as often as required and at least twice a year.

The Committee met five times during the year. All members of the Committee 
at the time of each meeting were present at the meetings. The Chief Executive, 
Group Finance Director and Company Secretary are invited to attend all or 
part of each meeting. Each of them has confidential access to me at other 
times as required.

Duties
The duties of the Committee are as set out in its Terms of Reference which is 
available on the Company’s website at https://mpac-group.com. The Terms of 
Reference are reviewed annually and approved by the Board.

The Committee deals with all aspects of remuneration of the Executive 
Directors and certain senior managers, and identifying and nominating 
members of the Board. During the year, the Committee also discussed 
succession solutions for the senior leadership positions within the business. 
The importance of identifying internal candidates and forming development 
paths for potential successors formed part of the discussions. Succession 
plans for the Executive Directors and senior leadership positions are 
reviewed on an annual basis.

Non-Executive Director recruitment and induction
Following the resignation of John Davies, I was appointed a new Non-Executive 
Director on 6 March 2020.

The Committee led the process of identifying and recommending a new 
independent Non-Executive Director and the process included the following 
considerations:

  identifying key attributes and skills of the desired candidate, taking into 
account the current composition of the Board;

  reviewing the shortlist and arranging interviews; and

  providing the Board with a recommendation of the preferred candidate.

The Committee unanimously agreed to recommend my appointment as an 
independent Non-Executive Director to the Board. The appointment was 
approved with effect from 6 March 2020.

An induction process was put in place for me to meet the Executive Directors 
and Executive Leadership Team, as well as access to past Board and 
Committee papers and minutes. Given the restrictions imposed on travel by 
Covid-19, I have visited the UK manufacturing site but have not yet had the 
opportunity to visit the overseas sites. This will be done once international travel 
restrictions have been eased.

“ I am pleased to 
present our report 
which is presented 
in three sections: the 
Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee 
report, the Remuneration 
report and the 
Remuneration policy.”

Sara Fowler 
Chair of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee 

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Diversity policy
The Group values diversity among its employees. In their day-to-day behaviour, 
employees are expected not to discriminate in their relationships with each 
other and with customers, suppliers and other business partners, and also to 
encourage others to behave in a proper manner.

Employment and promotion opportunities will be offered on the basis of merit 
regardless of race, colour, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, disability and/
or national origin. The Group aims to ensure freedom from harassment and 
bullying for all employees. It is the responsibility of each employee to act in non-
discriminatory ways at all times and if an employee sees an example of possible 
discrimination, harassment or bullying taking place to bring those concerns to 
the attention of the Group’s management.

Covid-19
Following the outbreak of the Covid-19 global pandemic, the Group participated 
in the aid provided by the Governments in the jurisdictions in which the Group 
operates, including the use of furlough schemes. No pay rises were awarded 
during the year, except for the Americas where minimal rises were awarded to 
key workers for retention purposes.

Annual Remuneration report
Directors’ total remuneration
The remuneration of the Executive Directors for the years 2020 and 2019 is 
made up as follows:

Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure

Salary 
£000

232
170

All 
benefitsa 
£000

19
19

Salary 
£000
243
172

All 
benefitsa 
£000
31
18

Short-
term 
incentive 
schemeb 
£000

108
75

Short-
term 
incentive 
schemeb 
£000
293
215

Deferred 
share 
planc 
£000

-
-

Deferred 
share 
planc 
£000
48
45

Pensiond 
£000

57
18

Total 
£000

416
282

Pensiond 
£000
56
17

Total 
£000
671
467

2020
T Steels
W C Wilkins

2019
T Steels
W C Wilkins

a  Benefits include:
  Dr Steels and Mr Wilkins – car allowance payments, income replacement insurance and 

private medical cover.

b  The performance criteria for the short-term incentive scheme is described in the 

Remuneration policy on page 32.

c  The amounts represent the values of the awards made in the form of conditional grants 

which are exercisable no earlier than three years from the date of grant.

d  The values in respect of Dr Steels are the amounts contributed by the Company into 

the Company’s Personal Pension Plan on his account and a payment made to cover the 
impact of a restriction on tax relief on contributions. The values in respect of Mr Wilkins are 
the amounts contributed by the Company into the Company’s Personal Pension Plan on 
his account.

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors for the years 2020 and 2019 
is made up as follows:

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure

31

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

2020
All taxable 
benefits 
£000
–
–

Fees 
£000
73
49

39

9

–

–

Total 
£000
73
49

39

9

2019
All taxable 
benefits 
£000
–
–

Fees 
£000
76
51

–

51

–

–

Total 
£000
76
51

–

51

A J Kitchingman
D G Robertson
S A Fowler 
(appointed 
6 March 2020)
J L Davies 
(resigned 
5 March 2020)

Directors’ interests in shares
The beneficial interests of Directors holding office at 31 December 2020 and 
persons connected with them in the ordinary shares of the Company (excluding 
share options) were as follows:

T Steels 
A J Kitchingman
W C Wilkins

Held at  
1 January  

2020
18,650
13,133
-

Acquired in  
the year
60,314
-
3,139

Held at  
31 December  
2020
78,964
13,133
3,139

No Director holds, or held at any time during the year, a beneficial interest in 
the Company’s preference shares. There were no changes in the Directors’ 
interests in shares between 31 December 2020 and 29 March 2021.

Incentive scheme – Deferred share plan
Details of conditional grants of Mpac Group plc ordinary shares under the 
Company’s Deferred share plan yet to vest for each Director who held office 
during the year and who is eligible to participate in the plan are as follows:

T Steels
T Steels
W C Wilkins
W C Wilkins

Date of award

1 May 2019
13 March 2018
1 May 2019
13 March 2018

Basis  
of award 
(% of salary)

20.0%
45.0%
30.0%

Number 
of shares

35,409
58,811
33,407
7,713

Face value 
at grant  
(£000)

48
105
45
14

Mr Wilkins’ shares awarded on 13 March 2018 were awarded whilst he was an 
employee, but not a Director, of the Company.

On 9 September 2020, Dr Steels exercised his 2017 award over 113,800 shares. 
53,486 shares were sold to settle his tax liabilities and the balance of 60,314 
shares was kept.

Awards are made following the achievement of personal objectives linked to 
long-term strategic initiatives. The earliest date that awards can vest is three 
years from the date of award.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Long Term Incentive Plan
Details of conditional grants of Mpac Group plc ordinary shares under the LTIP 
yet to vest for each Director who held office during the year and who is eligible 
to participate in the plan are as follows:  

Remuneration policy
This part of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s report sets out the 
Remuneration policy which was approved by shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting on 6 May 2020, and will be effective until no later than 6 May 2023.

32

Remuneration 
and 
Nomination 
Committee 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

T Steels
W C Wilkins

Date of award

12 June 2019
12 June 2019

Face  
value at 
grant  

(£000)

% of 
salary

End of  
three-year 
performance  
period

349
199

143% 31 Dec 2021
111% 31 Dec 2021

Number 
of shares

210,000
120,000

Face value of awards at the date of grant is calculated based on the closing 
share price of 166p per ordinary share.

Performance metrics selected reflect underlying business performance. 
70% of the award of shares is based on cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) 
performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based 
on average Return On Capital Employed (“ROCE”) over the same three-year 
period. In respect of the percentage of the award that relates to EPS, 20% of 
the award is made if EPS is 85p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to 
or exceeds 115p. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line 
basis pro rata. If EPS is below 85p, no award will be made in respect of EPS. In 
respect of the percentage of the award that relates to ROCE, 20% of the award 
is made if ROCE is 20%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 
30%. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line basis pro 
rata. If ROCE is below 20%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

A cap of £5 per ordinary share exists at the time of vesting such that the 
number of shares vesting is reduced accordingly.

Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two years 
commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related 
personal tax liabilities.

Sara Fowler 
Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee

29 March 2021

The Remuneration policy is designed to ensure that the remuneration packages 
offered, and the terms of the contracts of service, are competitive and are 
designed to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors of the right calibre. 
To achieve these goals, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s policy 
is to establish fixed salary at around half of the total obtainable in the case of 
excellent performance, with recognition and reward for achieving performance 
targets annually and growth in the long term.

Remuneration packages
The main components of the package for each Executive Director are:

i.  Basic salary
Basic salary is determined by taking into account the performance of the 
individual and information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies 
of comparable size and complexity in a range of engineering and other 
technology industries.

ii.  Incentive schemes
The Executive Directors participate in a short-term incentive scheme in 
which the minimum bonus payable is nil and the maximum bonus payable is 
120% of relevant salaries. The incentive is payable wholly in cash. The targets 
against which performance is judged are primarily the Group’s key financial 
performance indicators and personal objectives. The Directors’ personal 
objectives are commercially sensitive and therefore remain, and are expected 
to continue to remain, confidential to the Company. In some years, the targets 
may be varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the Committee.

iii.  Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
A new LTIP, which was adopted by the Board on 10 June 2019, has been 
introduced to incentivise Executive Directors and certain senior managers 
over the longer term and encourage retention. 70% of the award of shares is 
based on cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) performance over a three-
year period. 30% of the award of shares is based on average Return On 
Capital Employed (“ROCE”) over the same three-year period. In respect of 
the percentage of the award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made 
if EPS is 85p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to or exceeds 115p. 
Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line basis pro rata. 
If EPS is below 85p, no award will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of 
the percentage of the award that relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made 
if ROCE is 20%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 30%. 
Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line basis pro rata. 
If ROCE is below 20%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving 
the participant a right to acquire ordinary shares in the Company if certain 
conditions are met. Awards were made covering a three-year period. Awards 
will normally vest following the end of the three-year performance period, once 
it is determined whether and to what extent the performance conditions have 
been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two 
years commencing on the vesting date. Standard malus, clawback and leaver 
provisions apply.

iv.  Pensions
Directors may choose to join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, which is a 
defined contribution scheme. Additionally, life assurance and income protection 
policies are put in place for the Executive Directors.

Contracts of service
The Company’s policy is to offer contracts of employment that attract, motivate 
and retain skilled employees who are incentivised to deliver the Company’s 
strategy. The current service contracts were concluded with Dr Steels on 
6 June 2016 and with Mr Wilkins on 22 June 2018. These service contracts are 
terminable on notice of one year given by the Company and six months given 
by the Director. In the event of termination by the Company, the Company has 
the option of making a payment of liquidated damages equivalent to the value 
of 12 months’ salary, or the balance of the period to the date of expiry if less, or 
of negotiating appropriate compensation reflecting the principle of mitigation. 
In the event of a change of control in the Company, if the Company terminates 
an Executive Director's contract within six months of the change of control, or if 
an Executive Director terminates the contract within six months of the change 
of control, the Company will be obliged to pay liquidated damages equivalent 
to the value of 12 months’ salary. The purpose of the change of control clause, 
which is reviewed regularly, is that the contracts should provide reasonable and 
appropriate security to the director concerned and to the Company.

Any commitment contained within the current Directors’ service contracts, or a 
current employee’s contract of employment who is subsequently promoted to 
the role of Director, will be honoured even where it may be inconsistent with the 
Company’s Remuneration policy.

Letters of appointment
The Non-Executive Directors are not issued with a separate service contract 
on appointment. The terms of their appointment are set out in their letter of 
appointment. The Company does not make termination payments to Non-
Executive Directors in the event that a Non-Executive Director’s appointment 
is terminated by the Company.

Recruitment
The Committee reserves the right to make payments outside the Remuneration 
policy in exceptional circumstances. The Committee would only use this right 
where it believes that this is in the best interests of the Company and when it 
would be disproportionate to seek the specific approval of the shareholders in 
a general meeting.

When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will use the Remuneration 
policy to determine the Executive Director’s remuneration package. To facilitate 
the hiring of candidates of the appropriate calibre to implement the Group’s 
strategy, the Committee may include any other remuneration component 
or award not explicitly referred to in this Remuneration policy sufficient to 
attract the right candidate. In determining the appropriate remuneration, 
the Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including the 
quantum and nature of the remuneration) to ensure the arrangements are in 
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

The Committee may buy-out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving 
a previous employer after taking account of relevant factors including the form 
of the award, any performance conditions attached to the award and when 
they would have vested. The Committee may consider other components 
for structuring the buy-out, including cash or share awards where there is 
a commercial rationale for this.

Where the recruitment requires the individual to relocate appropriate relocation 
costs may be offered.

Recruitment awards will normally be liable to forfeiture or clawback if the 
Executive Director leaves the Company within the first two years of their 
employment. Any such awards will be linked to the achievement of appropriate 
and challenging performance measures and will be forfeited if performance or 
continued employment conditions are not met.

Termination
The Committee reserves the right to make additional liquidated damages 
payments outside the terms of the Directors’ service contracts where such 
payments are made in good faith in order to discharge an existing legal 
obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way 
of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the 
termination of a director’s office or employment.

Non-Executive Directors
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon 
comparable market levels. The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in 
the Company’s incentive schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or 
pension contributions.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

33

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Future Remuneration policy table
The following table provides a summary of the key components of the remuneration package for Directors:

34

Salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Remuneration 
and 
Nomination 
Committee 
report
continued

This is a fixed element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration and is intended to be competitive and attract, retain 
and motivate.

Takes into account the performance of the individual and information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies 
of comparable size and complexity in a range of engineering and technology industries.

Salary is normally reviewed annually. Ordinarily, salary increases will be in line with increases awarded to other employees 
within the Group. However, increases may be made above this level at the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s 
discretion to take account of individual circumstances such as:

  increase in scope and responsibility;

  to reflect the individual’s development and performance in the role; and

  alignment to market level.

Performance metrics

Not applicable, although individual performance is one of the considerations in determining the level of salary.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

The benefits provided to the Executive Directors are intended to be competitive and attract and retain the right calibre 
of candidate.

Benefits are paid to the Executive Directors in line with market practice.

Benefits are set at a level which the Remuneration and Nomination Committee considers:

  are appropriately positioned against comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant 
market; and

  provide a sufficient level of benefit based upon the role and individual circumstances.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Short-term incentive scheme

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

The short-term incentive scheme is intended to reward Executive Directors for the performance of the Group in the 
financial year.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviews the financial performance of the Group following the end of each 
financial year and determines the payments to be made.

Maximum of 120% of salary.

The targets against which performance is judged are primarily the Group’s key performance metrics in each financial 
year set annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee as well as personal objectives. In some years, 
the targets for the short-term incentive scheme may be varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee retains the ability to adjust 
and/or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition/
divestment of a Group business, a change in prevailing market conditions, or a change in regulation which affects 
the Group) which cause the Remuneration and Nomination Committee to determine that the measures are no longer 
appropriate and that amendment is required so that they achieve their original purpose.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

The LTIP is intended to incentivise Executive Directors and certain senior managers over the longer term in direct 
alignment with shareholders’ interests and encourage retention.

An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving the participant a right to acquire ordinary 
shares in Company if certain conditions are met. Awards were made covering a three-year period. Awards will normally 
vest following the end of the three-year performance period, once it is determined whether and to what extent the 
performance conditions have been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two years, 
commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related personal tax liabilities. Standard malus, 
clawback and leaver provisions apply.

The normal maximum award, covering the three-year plan period, is 300% of salary based on the value of the award at 
the date of grant.

Performance metrics selected reflect underlying business performance. 70% of the award of shares is based on 
cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based 
on average Return On Capital Employed (“ROCE”) over the same three-year period. In respect of the percentage of 
the award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made if EPS is 85p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to or 
exceeds 115p. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line basis pro rata. If EPS is below 85p no award 
will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of the percentage of the award that relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made 
if ROCE is 20%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 30%. Between these two points, allocation will be 
on a straight line basis pro rata. If ROCE is below 20%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

The payment of a pension benefit is intended to form an integral part of an Executive Director’s remuneration package 
that is competitive and attracts, retains and motivates the Director.

Directors may join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, or alternatively, in lieu of payments to the pension scheme, 
the Company may pay additional emoluments.

Any percentage increase in pension contributions will not exceed the percentage increase in salary.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

Purpose and link to strategy

To attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the right calibre.

Operation

The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon comparable market levels. The Non-
Executive Directors do not participate in the Company’s incentive schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or 
pension contributions.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

35

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group applies the same key principles to setting remuneration for its 
employees as those applied to the Directors’ remuneration. In setting salaries 
and benefits each business considers the need to retain and incentivise 
key employees and the impact such policy has on the continued success 
of the Group.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Reporting requirements
The following information is provided in other appropriate sections and is 
included in this Directors’ report by reference and so is deemed to be part of it:

Subject to any restrictions in its Articles of Association and the Companies 
Act 2006, the Directors may exercise any powers which are not reserved for 
exercise by the shareholders.

36

Directors' 
report

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Information
Strategic report;
Corporate Governance:

  Corporate Governance report;

  Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities. 

Reported
Pages 1 to 20.
Pages 21 to 39.

Directors' Remuneration Report
Future development and events 
occurring after the balance sheet date

Pages 31 to 32.
Details can be found in the Strategic 
Report on pages 1 to 20.

Business review
The Directors’ business review is set out as part of the Strategic report with 
the results of the Group being set out in the consolidated income statement on 
page 51 and in its related notes.

Going concern
The Group‘s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are as described within the Strategic 
report on pages 1 to 20. The Directors have considered the trading outlook, 
including the preparation of profit, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts, 
for the Group for a 24-month period ending 31 December 2022, its financial 
resources including its cash resources and access to borrowings, as set out in 
note 20 to the accounts on page 75, and its continuing obligations, including to 
its defined benefit pension schemes, details of which are set out in note 24 to 
the accounts on pages 77 to 82. These forecasts have been sensitised to cover 
a range of credible downside scenarios, including the potential future impacts 
of the pandemic and the conclusions remained unchanged. "Reverse stress 
tests", where scenarios were run to determine the full extent of the Group's 
resilience to downside risks, did not challenge the Group's conclusions under 
any plausible scenario. Performance subsequent to the year end suggests the 
forecasts remain appropriate. Having made due enquiries, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Directors
Biographical details of the Directors currently serving on the Board and their 
dates of appointment are set out on page 24.

The Directors who served during the year are as follows:

Executive Directors
Tony Steels 
Will Wilkins

Non-Executive Directors
Andrew Kitchingman
John Davies1
Sara Fowler2
Doug Robertson

1  Resigned from the Board on 5 March 2020
2  Appointed to the Board on 6 March 2020

The Company’s approach to the appointment and replacement of Directors is 
governed by its Articles of Association (together with relevant legislation) and 
takes into consideration any recommendations of the QCA Code.

The Company maintained Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance cover 
throughout 2020. The Articles of Association of the Company permit it to 
indemnify the Company’s officers, and officers of any associated company, 
against liabilities arising from conducting Company business, to the extent 
permitted by law. The Company’s Articles of Association and Directors’ Service 
Contracts, are available for inspection during normal business hours at the 
Company’s registered office and will be available at the AGM.

Directors and Directors’ interests
Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares as at 31 December 2020 are 
shown on page 31 in the Remuneration report. There are no shareholding 
requirements for Directors.

Substantial shareholdings
At 23 March 2021, the Company had been notified, or is aware of, the following 
interests in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Schroder Investment Management Limited
Hargreaves Lansdown
Interactive Investor
Mr G V L Oury

Number of 
ordinary shares
4,448,152
2,414,816
1,522,751
1,286,870

% of issued 
ordinary shares
22.0%
12.0%
7.6%
6.4%

Results and dividends
The Group’s profit for the year was £3.3m (31 December 2019: £5.9m profit). 
Having considered the trading results for 2020 and the opportunities for 
investment in the growth of the Group, together with the continued uncertainty 
surrounding the impact of the pandemic, the Board has decided that it is not 
appropriate to pay a final dividend. An interim dividend was not paid during 
2020 (2019: none).

Dividends on the 6% preference shares are due for payment on 30 June and 
31 December in each year and in 2020 amounted to £0.1m (2019: £0.1m).

Research and development
Group policy is to retain and enhance its market position through the design 
and development of specialist machinery and services. To achieve this 
objective, engineering and product development facilities are maintained in 
the UK and overseas. Research and development expenditure for the Group 
incurred in 2020, net of third-party income, amounted to £1.7m (2019: £1.1m), of 
which £1.1m (2019: £0.8m) was charged to the consolidated income statement 
and £0.6m (2019: £0.3m) was capitalised and included in development costs.

Share capital
At 31 December 2020, the Company’s issued share capital was £5,042,885 
divided into 20,171,540 ordinary shares of £0.25 each and 900,000 preference 
shares of £1.00 each. Details of movements in issued share capital in the year 
are set out in note 25 to the financial statements. Authority for the purchase 
of up to 3,000,000 ordinary shares for cancellation was granted at the 2020 
Annual General Meeting and this authority expires at the end of the 2021 AGM. 
While this authority was not used during the year, the Directors consider it 
appropriate to seek further authority from the shareholders at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting for the Company to purchase its own shares.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Resolution 13, which will be proposed as a special resolution, will seek the 
necessary authority to enable the Company to purchase for cancellation 
ordinary shares in the market for a period of up to 12 months from the date of 
the meeting, upon the terms set out in the resolution, up to a maximum number 
of 3,000,000 ordinary shares representing approximately 5% of the issued 
ordinary share capital at the date of the notice convening the Annual General 
Meeting. No shares were purchased by the Company under the equivalent 
resolution during the year.

EES Trustees International Limited holds shares as trustee in connection with 
the Company’s long-term incentive arrangements for the benefit of the Group’s 
employees; at 1 March 2021 it held 277,402 shares. The trustee has agreed 
to waive all dividends and not to exercise voting rights in respect of shares 
representing 1.4% of the issued share capital.

Information about the Company’s share capital is given in note 25 to the 
accounts on page 83.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Group’s auditor is unaware, and each Director has taken all reasonable steps 
that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information to establish that the Group’s auditors are 
aware of that information.

Auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office as 
auditor and a resolution to re-appoint them will be proposed at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will take place on 5 May 2021. Notice of the 
meeting can be found on pages 103 to 107.

Political donations
The Company made no political donations during the year to 31 December 
2020.

Financial instruments
The financial risk management objectives of the Group, including details of the 
exposure of the Company and its subsidiaries to financial risks including credit 
risk, interest rate risk and currency risk, are provided in note 26 to the accounts 
on pages 84 to 90.

Procurement
The Group recognises and actively develops its relationships with its suppliers 
and works closely with them to ensure that the relationships are productive 
for all parties. The Group’s policy is to pay suppliers in line with its standard 
terms except where alternative arrangements have been agreed in advance 
with individual suppliers. The Group took the positive decision to maintain its 
payment policies throughout the Covid-affected months of the period. The 
Group does not follow any external procurement or payment code. The Group’s 
trade creditor days outstanding at the year end were 46.1 .

Social, community and human rights employment policies
The Group is committed to developing its employment policies in line with best 
practice and providing equal opportunities for all, irrespective of gender, age, 
marital status, sexual orientation, ethnic origin, religious belief or disability. Full 
and fair consideration is given to applications for employment from people with 
disabilities having regard to their aptitudes and abilities.

Every reasonable effort is made to support those who become disabled, either 
in the same job or, if this is not practicable, in suitable alternative work.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

37

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Employee involvement
Emphasis is placed on training, effective communication and the involvement 
of employees in the development of the business. Information is regularly 
provided on the progress of the Group through local review meetings, briefings 
and consultative bodies. Involvement in the achievements of the business is 
encouraged through other means appropriate to each location.

Ethics policy
The Group’s Ethics policy was reviewed, updated and re-issued in January 
2020. The Ethics policy, which is distributed to every Group employee and is 
available on the Group’s website at www.mpac-group.com, sets out the values 
which Mpac Group plc seeks to encourage and certain principles governing the 
way it does business.

Sustainability policy
The Group is committed not only to compliance with environmental legislation 
but also to the progressive introduction of appropriate measures to limit the 
adverse effects of its operations upon the environment. In particular, efforts are 
made to minimise waste arising from operations, to recycle materials wherever 
possible and to consider alternative methods of design or operation.

The Group aims both to reduce its costs by these means and to promote good 
practice in the use of resources at sustainable levels.

Annual quantity of emissions
In accordance with the Companies Act, Mpac Group plc is committed to 
reporting emissions for the Group on an annual basis as set out below. 
Emissions are measured as tonnes of CO2 equivalent from the Group’s metered 
purchases of electricity and fuel consumed in the activities of the Group for 
which it is responsible; an intensity ratio has also been included. Additionally, 
a measure of the CO2 emitted by travel in the Group has been included, 
representing the emissions from Group-operated vehicles and from business-
related flights taken by the Group’s employees.

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

employee)a

2,254
3,837

MWH

1,032
1,757

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

526
705
525

CO2  
(tonnes)

241
323
240

a  Calculated using average number of employees in the year.

The Group has undertaken multiple actions in the year to improve energy 
efficiency. The initial designs and ongoing evolution of the Group’s products 
are designed to operate as energy efficiently as possible, delivering lower 
operating costs to the customer and cutting waste at every opportunity, 
especially in respect of energy use. The Group also sought to reduce internal 
energy intensity, including that used to provide a productive work environment. 
In particular, new buildings and refurbishments are reviewed for their energy 
efficiency and the assessment of such projects are based upon on their whole 
life costs, including energy use.

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006

Disclosures related to s172 of the Companies Act 2006 require a specific 
reference to how the Board promotes the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

38

Directors' 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Mpac Group plc takes decisions for the long term, and the Group aims to 
uphold the highest standards of business conduct. The Board expects all of our 
colleagues, at every level of the business, to do the same. Similarly, the Board 
understands that our business can only grow and prosper over the long term 
if the Group understands and respects the views and needs of our customers, 
colleagues and the communities in which we operate, as well as our suppliers 
and the shareholders to whom we are accountable. This is reflected in our 
values (see page 5) and this report sets out more detail on how we manage our 
relationships with them.

Long-term consequences
The Board, acting fairly between members, and acting in good faith, considers 
what is most likely to promote the success of the Group for its stakeholders in 
the long term.

Our corporate governance and management framework on pages 21 to 39, 
together with the strategy update on page 7, provide more details.

Our people
The Board considers the interests of the Group’s employees when making 
decisions and page 7 sets out how we involve employees.

Engaging and retaining the right skills across the Group is fundamental to the 
Company’s strategy and to deliver the long-term success of the Company.

Key interests include:

  Career development and training;

  Engagement;

  Health and safety; and

  Wellbeing.

The Company conducts employee surveys, the results of which are fed back to 
the Board for its review and engagement.

Covid-19
During the Covid-19 global pandemic, the Board’s priority has been the safety 
and wellbeing of our colleagues. Given that we are a manufacturing business, 
where we have been able to do so under local government regulations and 
travel restrictions, it has been necessary to keep our manufacturing sites open. 
Where possible, those colleagues who can work from home have been doing so.

We have taken all possible steps to keep our sites secure and undertake regular 
testing for colleagues who work there. Those working on site wear personal 
protective equipment, such as face coverings, when moving about the site, or 
when in proximity to one another.

There have been a small number of instances where colleagues have tested 
positive for the virus. In those circumstances, those working nearby the 
affected colleague were tested and sent home while waiting for the results. 
Those areas where the colleagues worked were deep cleaned and, where 
necessary, the site itself was closed and deep cleaned as a whole before 
re-opening. Those colleagues who were unable to work during those times 
remained on full pay.

We did make use of the support provided by the Governments in those 
jurisdictions in which we operate and we accessed circa £2.4m of Covid-19 
support as a result. Access to government funds ensured that the Group was 
able to support colleagues who were furloughed and to retain highly skilled, key 
workers in order to provide on-going support to the essential healthcare, food 
and beverage sectors.

Stakeholders, customers, suppliers and others
The operating review, on pages 10 to 14, discusses the need to foster the 
business’s external relationships. Our procurement policy, including payments 
to our creditors, is included on page 37. The Group took the positive decision 
to maintain its payment policies throughout the Covid-19 affected months 
of the year.

Where our service teams could not visit sites in person due to travel restrictions 
imposed by Covid-19, we utilised a mixture of remote support and augmented 
reality headsets to provide remote training and services for our clients, ensuring 
that their production lines kept working.

Community and environment
The operating review, on pages 10 to 14, discusses these issues, along with the 
environmental reporting within the Directors’ report on page 37.

The Group is committed not only to compliance with environmental legislation 
but also to the progressive introduction of appropriate measures to limit the 
adverse effects of its operations upon the environment. In particular, reasonable 
efforts are being made to minimise waste arising from its operations, to recycle 
materials wherever possible and to consider methods of design or operation 
that minimises waste. The Group aims both to reduce its costs by this means 
and to promote good practice in use of resources at sustainable levels.

High standards of business conduct and reputation
The corporate governance report, on pages 25 to 27, with specific consideration 
of business ethics on page 27. The Group’s revised Ethics policy, issued in 
January 2020, can be found on the Group’s website at https://mpac-group.com/
group-policies/.

The need to act fairly between members
The Board, acting in good faith, always acts fairly between members when 
making decision in the long-term interest of the Company. Details of the 
Company’s mission and values can be found on page 5.

The Strategic report on pages 1 to 20 and Directors’ report on pages 21 to 39 
are hereby approved by the Board of Directors.

By Order of the Board

Prism Cosec Limited 
Company Secretary 

29 March 2021

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group 
and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for 
preparing a Strategic Report and a Directors’ report that complies with that law 
and those regulations.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company 
financial statements for each financial year. As required by the AIM Rules 
of the London Stock Exchange, they are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements on 
the same basis.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

By order of the Board

Under Company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. 
In preparing each of the Group and parent company financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable;

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards;

29 March 2021

  assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and

  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent 
company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as 
they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to 
them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud 
and other irregularities.

39

Statement 
of Directors’ 
responsibilities
in respect of the annual 

report and the financial 

statements

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

40

Financial 
statements

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

1
2

0
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

41

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report
to the members of Mpac Group plc

Opinion

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Mpac Group plc (the ‘Parent 
Company’ or ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 
31 December 2020 which comprise the consolidated income statement, 
the Group and Company statements of comprehensive income, the Group 
and Company statements of changes in equity, the Group and Company 
statements of financial position, the Group and Company statements of 
cash flow and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 and, as regards the Parent Company financial statements, as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and 
of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

  the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) ("ISAs (UK)") and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the 
Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements 
that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use 
of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions 
that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty 
exists, we are required to draw attention in our report to the related disclosures 
in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify the 
auditor’s opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up 
to the date of our report. However, future events or conditions may cause the 
Group or the Parent Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

A description of our evaluation of management’s assessment of the ability 
to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, and the key 
observations arising with respect to that evaluation is included in the Key Audit 
Matters section of our report.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use 
of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements is appropriate.

The responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the ‘Responsibilities of Directors for the financial statements’ 
section of this report.

Our approach to the audit

Overview of our audit approach

Materiality

Key audit
matters

Scoping

Overall materiality:
Group: £323,000, which represents approximately 5% of the Group’s 
underlying profit before tax.

Parent Company: £242,000, which represents 1% of total assets, restricted 
to 75% of Group materiality.

Key audit matters were identified as improper revenue recognition and 
accounting for open contracts, the acquisition accounting for Switchback 
Group, Inc. including accuracy of intangibles, the accuracy of defined 
benefit pension liabilities and going concern.

Our auditor’s report for the year ended 31 December 2019 included no 
key audit matters that have not been reported as key audit matters in our 
current year’s report.

We performed an audit of the financial information using component 
materiality (‘full scope audit’) on the financial statements of components 
in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands and a Grant Thornton member 
firm performed a full scope audit over the significant component in Canada. 
We performed specified audit procedures on the financial information of 
the components in the United States of America and performed analytical 
procedures over the components in Singapore and Mpac Overseas Holdings 
Limited in the UK.

We issued Group instructions to the component auditor in respect of their 
full scope audit of the significant component.

The components where we performed full scope audit procedures represented 
94% of consolidated revenue, 93% of consolidated total assets and 96% of 
consolidated underlying profit before tax.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

42

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were 
of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those 
that had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements 
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters.

Description

Audit response

Key audit 
matters

Disclosures

Our results

In the graph below, we have presented the key audit matters and significant risks relevant to the audit.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Potential
financial
statement
impact 

High

Low

Management
override of controls  

Improper revenue
recognition and
accounting for
open contracts

Accuracy of
defined benefit
pension liabilities

Acquisition accounting for
Switchback Group, Inc.
including accuracy of
intangibles

Going concern

Accuracy of
hedge accounting 

Low

Extent of management judgment

High

Key audit matter

Significant risk

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Improper revenue recognition and accounting for open contracts
We identified improper revenue recognition and accounting for open contracts 
as one of the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement due to 
fraud or error.

A significant proportion of the revenue of the Group is derived through the sale 
of machinery, recognised through long term contract accounting. Long term 
contract accounting involves a high degree of subjectivity and is susceptible 
to the risk of material misstatement. Contracts that remain open at the year 
end are most susceptible to manipulation by management where there is an 
incentive to meet performance targets.

We therefore identified improper revenue recognition and accounting for open 
contracts as a significant risk, which was one of the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatements.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2020
  Financial statements: Note 1, Revenue and operating segments

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit 
procedures:

  assessing and testing revenue recognition policies to check these are 
reasonable and applied correctly and consistently;

  documenting our understanding of the Group’s processes and controls 
over revenue recognition and performing walkthroughs on these controls to 
confirm they are designed effectively;

  for a sample of open contracts at the end of financial year selected for 
testing, assessing whether the revenue and profit recognised were in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies and International Financial 
Reporting Standard ("IFRS") 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’, 
agreeing inputs to supporting documentation such as contract terms, supplier 
invoices and timesheets and reperforming management’s calculations, 
challenging management’s assumptions and assertions underpinning their 
forecast for the contract’s future performance with reference to supporting 
evidence, such as forecasts and post year end contract performance;

  investigating the recoverability of contract assets and receivables by 
reference to post year end collection;

  assessing management’s ability to forecast by comparing the forecast margin 
and labour hours at the inception of the contract against the current forecast 
margin and corroborating any significant movement in margin; and

  examining those contracts identified as being at risk of incurring future 
losses during the remaining life of the contract, challenging management’s 
assumptions and assertions relating to the future results of those contracts 
by reference to supporting evidence, such as forecasts and post year end 
contract performance.

Our results
Based on our audit work, we found that the assumptions and judgements used 
in management’s application of the Group’s open contract accounting were 
appropriate. We found no material errors in the underlying calculations for the 
contract samples we have tested.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

43

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

44

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Acquisition accounting for Switchback Group, Inc. including accuracy of intangibles
We identified the acquisition accounting for Switchback Group, Inc. including 
accuracy of intangibles as one of the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement due to error.

During the year, the Group acquired the entire share capital of Switchback 
Group, Inc for an initial purchase consideration of $13.3m with additional earn-
out consideration of $2m.

The impact of the acquisition is significant to the financial statements as well 
requiring a high level of judgement in determining the appropriate accounting 
treatment and high level of estimation in determining the fair value of the 
consideration and certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We therefore 
identified the acquisition accounting, including the accuracy of acquired 
intangibles, as a significant risk, which was one of the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatement.

Goodwill of £7.9m and intangible assets of £2.6m were recognised as a result 
of the business combination entered into.

The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as being the fair value 
of consideration, including the estimated value of deferred and contingent 
consideration transferred less the net recognised amount of identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed.

The intangible assets are valued using discounted cash flow forecasts, which 
require judgement by management around key assumptions such as revenue 
growth, discount rates, brand royalty rates, customer attrition and long term 
growth rates.

On initial recognition, the assets and liabilities acquired in a business 
combination are included in the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values, 
which are also used as the basis for subsequent measurement in accordance 
with the Group accounting policies. Determining the fair value of certain 
assets and liabilities requires judgement to be exercised by the management, 
particularly in respect to estimating the value in use of assets acquired.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2020
  Financial statements: note 12, Intangible assets and note 30, Business 
combinations and deferred consideration

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit 
procedures:

  assessing whether the accounting policies adopted by the management are 
in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ and 
IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’;

  obtaining an understanding of the acquisition through review of legal 
agreements and discussion with management;

  re-performing management’s calculation of the fair value of the 
consideration, including the estimated value of the deferred and contingent 
consideration transferred less the net recognised amount of identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed, ensuring this is in accordance with 
the requirements of IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’;

  using our internal valuation expert to evaluate and assess the assumptions 
used, including discount rates, growth rates and forecast future trading 
performance, in the calculation of the fair value of the intangibles recognised;

  testing the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the intangible 
asset valuation by agreeing this data to pertinent supporting documentation 
such as long-term growth forecasts;

  testing significant fair value adjustments made to the assets and liabilities 
acquired, and challenging management’s assumptions in the value in use 
assigned to certain assets; and

  assessing the adequacy of disclosures in respect of the acquisition to check 
whether these are in accordance with IAS 38 and IFRS 3.

Our results
Based on our audit work, we found that the assumptions and judgements 
used in management’s accounting treatment of the Switchback Group, Inc. 
acquisition were reasonable. We also note that the accuracy of goodwill and 
intangibles is not materially misstated. We found no material errors in the 
underlying calculations.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

45

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Accuracy of the defined benefit pension liabilities
We identified accuracy of the gross defined benefit pension liabilities as one of 
the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement due to error.

The Group operates defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and US that 
provide benefits to a number of current and former employees. At 31 December 
2020, the net defined benefit asset was £11.0 million. The total fair (bid) value 
of scheme assets and present value of defined benefit obligations which form 
the net defined benefit asset amount to £451.0 million and £440.0 million 
respectively.

The valuation of the pension liabilities in accordance with IAS 19 ‘Employee 
benefits’ involves significant judgement and is subject to complex actuarial 
assumptions. Small variations in those actuarial assumptions can lead to a 
materially different defined benefit pension scheme asset or liability being 
recognised within the Group financial statements.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2020
  Financial statements: note 24, Employee benefits

Going concern
We identified Going concern as one of the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement due to fraud or error.

Covid-19 is one of the most significant economic events currently faced by 
the UK, and at the date of this report, its effects are subject to unprecedented 
levels of uncertainty. This event could adversely impact the future trading 
performance of the Group including, but not limited to, the following factors:

  Decline in future orders

  Issues with supply chain

  Shutdown of operations

As such, this increases the extent of judgement and estimation uncertainty 
associated with the Directors’ decision to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2020
  Financial statements: Accounting policies, Going concern

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit 
procedures:

  documenting our understanding of management’s process for evaluating the 
defined benefit pension scheme and assessing the design effectiveness of 
related key controls;

  evaluating the competence of management’s expert;

  using an internal actuarial expert to inform our challenge of the assumptions 
used, including discount rates, growth rates, mortality rates and the 
calculation methods employed in the calculation of the pension liability;

  testing the accuracy of underlying membership data used by the Group’s 
actuary for the purpose of calculating the scheme liabilities; and

  assessing disclosures made in the financial statements to determine 
compliance with IAS 19.

Our results
Based on our audit work, we found the valuation methodologies to be balanced 
and consistent with the expectation of our internal actuarial expert. We consider 
that the Group’s disclosures in note 24 are in accordance with IAS 19. We found 
no material errors in the calculations we tested.

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit 
procedures:

  obtaining management’s base case forecasts and calculations covering the 
period to December 2022. We assessed how these forecasts were compiled 
and challenged the accuracy of management’s forecasts, including the effects 
arising from macro-economic uncertainties such as Brexit and Covid-19;

  assessing the reliability of management’s forecasting by comparing the 
accuracy of actual financial performance to forecast information obtained in 
the prior period;

  obtaining management’s most severe downside scenario to assess the 
potential impact of Covid-19. We evaluated and challenged the assumptions 
applied, primarily including a reduction in revenues and a reduction in margin 
covering the period to December 2022. We also assessed and challenged 
management on the cost-cutting assumptions applied in this scenario and 
mitigating actions available to management. We corroborated management’s 
explanations to relevant documentation;

  performing sensitivity analysis on key inputs to determine the impact of 
reasonably possible movements;

  evaluating the results of the reverse stress tests performed by management;

  assessing the adequacy of the going concern disclosures included within the 
Accounting Policies of the Financial Statements.

Our results
Based on the procedures performed, we have identified no issues regarding 
management’s assessment of the impact of Covid-19 on liquidity requirements, 
order book and KPIs. We have nothing to report in addition to that stated in the 
‘Conclusions relating to going concern’ section of our report.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

46

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and of 
uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and in forming the opinion in the auditor’s report.

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group

Parent Company

Materiality for financial statements as a whole We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, individually or in the 

aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of these financial 
statements. We use materiality in determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit work.

Materiality threshold

£323,000 which represents approximately 5% of 
underlying Group profit before tax.

£242,000 which is 1% of total assets restricted to 75% 
of Group materiality.

Significant judgements made by auditor in 
determining the materiality

Significant revisions of materiality threshold 
that was made as the audit progressed

In determining materiality, we considered this 
benchmark as the most appropriate because this 
is a key performance measure used by the Board 
of Directors to report to investors of the financial 
performance of the Group.

Materiality for the current year is lower than the level 
that we determined for the year ended 31 December 
2019 to reflect a decrease in the current period of the 
Group’s underlying profit before tax.

We calculated materiality during the planning stage 
of the audit. During the course of our audit, we 
re-assessed initial materiality based on the Group’s 
underlying profit before tax for the year ended 
31 December 2020 and adjusted materiality for the 
final position.

In determining materiality, we considered this 
benchmark as the most appropriate as we consider 
that it reflects the Company’s status as a non-trading 
holding Company.

Materiality for the current year is lower than the level 
that we determined for the year ended 31 December 
2019 to reflect the Company’s decreased total assets 
in the current period.

We calculated materiality during the planning stage 
of the audit. During the course of our audit, we re-
assessed initial materiality based on Group’s total 
assets for the year ended 31 December 2020 
and adjusted materiality for the final position.

Performance materiality used to drive 
the extent of our testing

We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial statements as a whole 
to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality threshold

£242,000 which is approximately 75% of financial 
statement materiality.

£181,500 which is 75% of financial statement 
materiality.

Significant judgements made by auditor in 
determining the performance materiality

Significant revision of performance 
materiality threshold that was made as 
the audit progressed

In determining materiality, we selected a higher 
percentage of performance materiality on the basis 
that the Group has no prior going concern issues, 
has stable business activities and few misstatements 
(corrected and uncorrected) were identified in the 
prior audit.

In determining materiality, we selected a higher 
percentage of performance materiality on the basis 
that the Company has no prior going concern issues, 
has stable business activities, few misstatements 
(corrected and uncorrected) were identified in the 
prior audit.

We calculated performance materiality during the 
planning stage of the audit and then during the 
course of our audit, we re-assessed initial materiality 
based on Group’s underlying profit before tax for 
the year ended 31 December 2020 and adjusted 
materiality for the final position.

We calculated performance materiality during the 
planning stage of the audit and then during the course 
of our audit, we re-assessed initial materiality based on 
Group’s total assets for the year ended 31 December 
2020 and adjusted materiality for the final position.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Materiality measure

Specific materiality

Group

Parent Company

We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account balances or 
disclosures for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the financial statements as a whole 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
statements.

Specific materiality threshold

We determined a lower level of specific materiality for 
the following areas:

We determined a lower level of specific materiality for 
the following areas:

Communication of misstatements to the 
audit committee

Threshold for communication

  Directors’ remuneration

  Directors’ remuneration

  Related party transactions outside the normal 
course of the business

  Related party transactions outside the normal course 
of the business

We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the audit committee.

£16,150 and misstatements below that threshold that, 
in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

£12,100 and misstatements below that threshold that, 
in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Parent Company

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

47

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Underlying profit
before tax
£6,300,000

FSM
£323,000
5%

PM
£242,000
75%

TFPUM
£81,000
25%

Total assets
£100,900,000

FSM*
£242,000
0.2%

PM
£181,500
75%

TFPUM
£60,500
25%

FSM: Financial statements materiality, PM: Performance materiality, TFPUM: Tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements

Note: *FSM of the Parent Company is capped at 75% of Group FSM.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

48

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

An overview of the scope of our audit
We performed a risk-based audit that requires an understanding of the 
Group and its environment, including Group wide controls, and assessing 
the risk of material misstatement at a Group level. We have also obtained an 
understanding of the financial reporting and consolidation process.

The components of the Group were evaluated by the Group audit team 
based on a measure of materiality, considering each as a percentage of key 
benchmarks including total assets, revenue and profit before tax (’PBT’), 
to assess the significance of the component to determine the planned 
audit response.

A full scope audit approach for all components evaluated as significant was 
determined based on their relative materiality to the Group and our assessment 
of the audit risk. For significant components requiring a full scope approach, we 
or the component auditors evaluated the controls over the financial reporting 
system identified as part of our risk assessment, reviewed the appropriateness 
of the financial statement production process and addressed critical accounting 
matters. For all significant risks identified, we documented our understanding 
of management’s process for evaluating the applicable risk and assessed the 
design effectiveness of relevant controls. We undertook substantive testing on 
significant transactions and material account balances.

In order to address the audit risks identified during our planning procedures, the 
Group audit team performed a full scope audit on the financial information of 
the Company and of significant components in the United Kingdom and in the 
Netherlands. A Grant Thornton member firm in the Netherlands performed the 
full scope audit in prior year. Our component auditors performed a full scope 
audit on the financial information of the significant component in Canada. We 
also determined that specified procedures were to be carried out by the Group 
audit team in respect of the component entities based in the United States of 
America where significant risks of material misstatement had been identified. 
The remaining operations of the Group were subjected to analytical procedures 
with a focus on the audit risks identified above and the significance to the 
Group’s balances. 

The components that were subject to full scope audit procedures totalled 
93% of total assets, 94% of consolidated revenues and 96% of consolidated 
profit before tax whilst the component that was subject to specific scope 
audit procedures and specified audit procedures totaled 6% of total assets, 
4% of consolidated revenues and 3% of consolidated underlying profit 
before tax.

Detailed audit instructions were issued to the component auditor of the 
significant component in Canada. The instructions highlighted the significant 
risks to be addressed through the audit procedures and detailed the information 
that we required to be reported to the Group audit team. The Group audit team 
conducted a review of the work performed by the component auditor, and 
communicated with the component auditor throughout the planning, fieldwork 
and concluding stages of the Group audit.

Audit approach

Full scope audit

Specified audit procedures

Analytical procedures

No. of 
components

% coverage 
Total assets

% coverage 
Revenue

% coverage 
PBT

4

2

2

93

6

1

94

4

2

96

3

1

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information 
comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the 
financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the 
financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility 
is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, 
we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the 
financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
is unmodified
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report 
for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Matter on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent 
Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to 
which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, 
or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or

  the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for 
our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for 
assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.
org.uk/auditors responsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk 
that material misstatements in the financial statements may not be detected, 
even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with 
the ISAs (UK).

The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below:

  We enquired of management and the audit committee, concerning the 
Group’s policies and procedures relating to:

•  the identification, evaluation and compliance with laws and regulations;

•  the detection and response to the risks of fraud; and

•  the establishment of internal controls to mitigate risks related to fraud or 

non-compliance with laws and regulations.

  We enquired of management and the audit committee, whether they were 
aware of any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations or 
whether they had any knowledge of actual, suspected or alleged fraud.

  We corroborated the results of our enquires to relevant supporting 
documentation.

  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that 
are applicable to the Group and determined that the most significant are 
those that relate to the reporting frameworks (IFRS, Companies Act 2006, 
the QCA Corporate Governance Code, AIM Rules for Companies), and the 
relevant tax compliance regulations in the jurisdictions in which the 
Company operates.

  In addition, we concluded that there are certain significant laws and 
regulations that may have an effect on the determination of the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements and those laws and regulations 
relating to health and safety, employee matters, environmental, and bribery 
and corruption practices.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

49

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

50

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

  We assessed the appropriateness of the collective competence and 
capabilities of the engagement team included consideration of the 
engagement team’s:

•  understanding of, and practical experience with audit engagements 
of a similar nature and complexity through appropriate training and 
participation;

In assessing the potential risks of material misstatement, we obtained an 
understanding of:

  the entity’s operations, including the nature of its revenue sources, products 
and services and of its objectives and strategies to understand the classes of 
transactions, account balances, expected financial statement disclosures and 
business risks that may result in risks of material misstatement;

•  knowledge of the industry in which the client operates;

  the applicable statutory provisions;

•  understanding of the legal and regulatory requirements specific to the 

entity/regulated entity including:

– the provisions of the applicable legislation

– the regulators rules and related guidance, including guidance issued 

by relevant authorities that interprets those rules

– the applicable statutory provisions

  We reviewed the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting 
documentation to assess compliance with provisions of relevant laws and 
regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements.

  We performed analytical procedures to identify and unusual or unexpected 
relationships that may indicate risks of material misstatement due to fraud.

  We reviewed the minutes of meetings of those charged with governance.

  We challenged assumptions and judgments made by management in its 
significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to the revenue 
recognition for open contracts, impairment assessment on goodwill and 
intangible assets, recoverability of deferred tax assets and accuracy of 
defined benefit pension liabilities.

  In addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, 
we tested and evaluated the appropriateness of journal entries and other 
adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting 
estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and evaluating the business 
rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the 
normal course of business.

  the entity’s control environment, including the policies and procedures 
implemented to comply with the requirements of its regulator, including 
the adequacy of the training to inform staff of the relevant legislation, rules 
and other regulations of the regulator, the adequacy of procedures for 
authorisation of transactions, internal review procedures over the entity’s 
compliance with regulatory requirements, the authority of, and resources 
available to the compliance officer and procedures to ensure that possible 
breaches of requirements are appropriately investigated and reported.

For components at which audit procedures were performed, we requested the 
component auditor to report to us instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations that gave rise to a risk of material misstatement of the Group financial 
statements. No such matters were identified by the component auditor.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance 
with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has 
been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Rebecca Eagle 
Senior Statutory Auditor 
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP 
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants 
Birmingham

29 March 2021

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution expenses
Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses
Operating profit/(loss)
Financial income
Financial expenses
Net financing income/(expense)
Profit/(loss) before tax
Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the period
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
Basic
Diluted

Note

1

3

1,4

8

8

9

11

11

Underlying 
£m
83.7
(59.4)
24.3
(6.8)
(9.9)
(1.1)
6.5
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
6.3
–
6.3

2020

Non-underlying 
£m
–
–
–
–
(3.6)
–
(3.6)
0.3
(0.1)
0.2
(3.4)
0.4
(3.0)

Underlying 
£m
88.8
(62.8)
26.0
(7.2)
(10.3)
(0.8)
7.7
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
7.5
0.3
7.8

2019

Non-underlying 
£m
–
–
–
–
(2.4)
–
(2.4)
0.4
(0.1)
0.3
(2.1)
0.2
(1.9)

Total 
£m
83.7
(59.4)
24.3
(6.8)
(13.5)
(1.1)
2.9
0.3
(0.3)
–
2.9
0.4
3.3

16.3p
16.2p

Total 
£m
88.8
(62.8)
26.0
(7.2)
(12.7)
(0.8)
5.3
0.4
(0.3)
0.1
5.4
0.5
5.9

29.7p
29.4p

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

51

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Statements of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Profit/(loss) for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial (losses)/gains
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Currency translation movements arising on foreign currency 
net investments
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the period

Note

24

9

26

Group

2020 
£m
3.3

(8.8)
2.2
(6.6)

(0.5)
0.5
–
(6.6)
(3.3)

2019 
£m
5.9

(0.3)
0.1
(0.2)

(0.1)
1.1
1.0
0.8
6.7

Company

2020 
£m
(2.1)

(8.5)
2.2
(6.3)

–
–
–
(6.3)
(8.4)

2019 
£m
0.2

(1.8)
0.1
(1.7)

–
0.1
0.1
(1.6)
(1.4)

52

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Statements of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Balance at 1 January 2019
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2019
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2020

Note

24

24

25

Share 
capital 
£m
5.0
–

Share 
premium 
£m
26.0
–

Translation  
reserve 
£m
1.1
–

Group

Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
3.9
–

Hedging  
reserve 
£m
(0.8)
–

Retained  
earnings 
£m
5.4
5.9

–

–
–
–

–
5.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
5.0

–

–
–
–

–
26.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
26.0

(0.1)

(0.1)
–
–

–
1.0
–

(0.5)

(0.5)
–
–

–
0.5

–

–
–
–

–
3.9
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9

1.1

1.1
–
–

–
0.3
–

0.5

0.5
–
–

–
0.8

(0.2)

5.7
0.3
(0.1)

0.2
11.3
3.3

(6.6)

(3.3)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
8.2

Total  
equity 
£m
40.6
5.9

0.8

6.7
0.3
(0.1)

0.2
47.5
3.3

(6.6)

(3.3)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
44.4

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

53

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

54

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Statements of changes in equity continued

Balance at 1 January 2019
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2019
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2020

Note

24

24

25

Share 
capital 
£m
5.0
–

Share 
premium 
£m
26.0
–

Translation  
reserve 
£m
–
–

Company

Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
3.9
–

Hedging  
reserve 
£m
(0.1)
–

Retained  
earnings 
£m
29.2
0.2

–

–
–
–

–
5.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
5.0

–

–
–
–

–
26.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
26.0

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9

0.1

0.1
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

(1.7)

(1.5)
0.3
(0.1)

0.2
27.9
(2.1)

(6.3)

(8.4)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
19.7

Total  
equity 
£m
64.0
0.2

(1.6)

(1.4)
0.3
(0.1)

0.2
62.8
(2.1)

(6.3)

(8.4)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
54.6

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

55

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Statements of financial position
as at 31 December 2020

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Right-of-use assets
Investments
Amounts owed by group undertakings
Employee benefits
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Net current assets/(liabilities)
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred contingent consideration

Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Share premium
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity
*see note 35, including 31 December 2018 statement of financial position. 

Note

Group

2020 
£m

2019 - Restated* 
£m

Company

2020 
£m

12

13

14

27

15

24

16 

17 

19

10

21

27

22

10

23

20 

24

16

27

30

1

25

27.4
5.1
0.8
4.0
–
–
14.0
1.8
53.1

3.5
32.2
0.8
15.5
52.0

(0.8)
(41.1)
(0.4)
(1.4)
(43.7)
8.3
61.4

(0.9)
(3.0)
(6.8)
(3.4)
(2.9)
(17.0)
44.4

5.0
26.0
5.2
8.2
44.4

16.9
5.6
0.8
4.7
–
–
20.4
1.7
50.1

3.2
28.0
0.4
18.9
50.5

(0.9)
(30.9)
(0.7)
(1.3)
(33.8)
16.7
66.8

(0.9)
(3.1)
(8.8)
(3.9)
(2.6)
(19.3)
47.5

5.0
26.0
5.2
11.3
47.5

1.7
1.6
0.8
–
63.8
11.0
14.0
–
92.9

–
4.6
–
3.4
8.0

–
(38.1)
–
–
(38.1)
(30.1)
62.8

(0.9)
–
(4.9)
–
(2.4)
(8.2)
54.6

5.0
26.0
3.9
19.7
54.6

2019 
£m

–
2.3
0.8
–
63.8
–
20.4
–
87.3

–
3.2
–
8.9
12.1

–
(25.9)
–
–
(25.9)
(13.8)
73.5

(0.9)
–
(7.2)
–
(2.6)
(10.7)
62.8

5.0
26.0
3.9
27.9
62.8

The parent company has taken the exemption conferred by s.408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish the income statement of the parent company with 
these consolidated accounts. The parent company loss for the year was £2.1m (2019: £0.2m profit). These financial statements were approved by the Directors on 
29 March 2021 and signed on their behalf by:

Tony Steels 
Director

Registered number: 124855

Will Wilkins 
Director

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Statements of cash flow
for the year ended 31 December 2020

56

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Operating activities
Operating profit/(loss) 
Non-underlying items included in operating profit
Amortisation of internally developed intangible assets
Depreciation
Other non-cash items
Pension payments
Working capital movements:
– (increase)/decrease in inventories
– decrease/(increase) in contract assets
– decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
– increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
– increase in provisions
– (decrease)/increase in contract liabilities
Cash flows from continuing operations before reorganisation
Acquisition and reorganisation costs paid
Cash flows from operations
Taxation received/(paid)
Cash flows from/(used in) operating activities
Investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Capitalised development expenditure
Acquisition of assets under construction
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Dividends received from Group entities
Net cash flow on acquisition
Loans to subsidiaries
Payment of deferred consideration
Cash flows used in investing activities

Financing activities
Interest paid
Purchase of own shares
Principal elements of lease payments
Cash flows used in financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Note

12

13

24

12

12

13

30

21

Group

2020 
£m

2019 - Restated 
£m

Company

2020 
£m

2.9
3.6
0.3
1.1
0.4
(3.0)

0.2
(1.7)
(0.6)
4.1
0.1
5.4
12.8
(0.9)
11.9
(0.7)
11.2

0.2
(1.8)
–
(1.2)
–
(9.8)
–
(0.5)
(13.1)

(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.9)
(1.3)
(3.2)
18.9
(0.2)
15.5

5.3
2.4
0.2
1.9
0.3
(2.9)

(0.2)
(2.4)
4.7
2.8
0.4
(7.4)
5.1
(1.0)
4.1
1.0
5.1

0.2
(0.3)
(0.6)
(1.4)
–
(10.6)
–
–
(12.7)

(0.1)
(0.1)
(1.0)
(1.2)
(8.8)
27.9
(0.2)
18.9

(0.7)
0.9
0.1
0.1
0.4
(2.7)

–
–
(1.6)
11.7
–
–
8.2
(0.1)
8.1
0.1
8.2

0.1
(1.2)
–
(0.1)
–
–
(11.7)
(0.5)
(13.4)

(0.1)
(0.2)
–
(0.3)
(5.5)
8.9
–
3.4

2019 
£m

(2.7)
1.5
0.1
–
0.4
(2.0)

0.3
0.7
–
2.8
–
–
1.1
(1.1)
–
0.9
0.9

–
–
(0.6)
–
2.0
(10.6)
-
-
(9.2)

(0.1)
(0.1)
–
(0.2)
(8.5)
17.4
–
8.9

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

57

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Accounting policies

The significant accounting policies are set out below apply to both the Group 
and Company financial statements, as appropriate.

Basis of accounting
Mpac Group plc (the ”Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in 
the UK. The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and 
its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group).

Both the Company financial statements and the Group financial statements 
have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except 
that derivative financial instruments, principally forward foreign exchange 
contracts, are stated at fair value and non-current assets are stated at the lower 
of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with international 
accounting standards requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts 
of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and assumptions are 
based on historical experience and other factors considered reasonable at the 
time, but actual results may differ from these estimates. Revisions to these 
estimates are made in the period in which they are recognised.

The accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation applied 
by the Group and Company in these financial statements are in the main 
consistent with those applied in the 2019 financial statements. No new 
accounting standards have been adopted in the year. A number of amendments 
to accounting standards became effective during the period, but did not have 
a material impact on the Group’s accounting policies.

The Group’s accounting policy for business combinations has also been 
included following the acquisition of Lambert on 1 May 2019 and Switchback 
on 9 September 2020.

IFRS 16 Leases
The Group leases various factories, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are 
typically made for fixed periods of three to five years for equipment and 10-
20 years for properties. These may have extension options. Lease terms are 
negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms 
and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased 
assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at 
the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease 
payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost 
is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. 
The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life 
and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

IFRS 16 requires the capital element of the leases to be disclosed as a financing 
cost, with the amortisation of the assets being treated as a non-cash item.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present 
value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease 
payments (where they exist within a lease):

  fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease 
incentives receivable;

  variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;

  amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value 
guarantees;

  the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to 
exercise that option; and

  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the 
lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. 
If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is 
used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds 
necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment 
with similar terms and conditions.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, comprising the following:

  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;

  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any 
lease incentives received;

  any initial direct costs; and

  restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-
term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets 
comprise small items of workshop equipment, office furniture and machines.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value and are 
summarised below:

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate exchange rate 
exposure arising from forecast trade receivables in currencies other than the 
functional currency of the operating entity.

Hedge effectiveness is determined at inception of the hedge relationship and 
at every reporting period end through the assessment of the hedged items and 
hedging instrument to determine whether there is still an economic relationship 
between the two.

The critical terms of the foreign currency forwards entered into exactly match 
the terms of the hedged item.

Hedge ineffectiveness may arise if the critical terms of the forecast 
transaction no longer meet those of the hedging instrument, for example if 
there was a change in the timing of the forecast transactions from what was 
initially estimated.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

58

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

The hedged items and the hedging instrument are denominated in the same 
currency and as a result the hedging ratio is always one to one. All forward 
exchange contracts had been designated as hedging instruments in cash flow 
hedges under IFRS 9.

All derivative financial instruments used for hedge accounting are recognised 
initially at fair value and reported subsequently at fair value in the statement of 
financial position.

To the extent that the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of derivatives 
designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and included within the cash flow hedge reserve in 
equity. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge relationship is recognised immediately 
in profit or loss.

At the time the hedged item affects profit or loss, any gain or loss previously 
recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to 
profit or loss and presented as a reclassification adjustment within other 
comprehensive income.

If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gain or loss 
recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred immediately to profit 
or loss. If the hedging relationship ceases to meet the effectiveness conditions, 
hedge accounting is discontinued, and the related gain or loss is held in the 
equity reserve until the forecast transaction occurs.

Non-underlying items and alternative performance measures
Non-underlying items are income and expenditure that, because of the 
nature of the item, merit separate presentation in the income statement to 
allow a better understanding of the Group’s financial performance by 
facilitating comparisons with prior periods and assessments of trends in 
financial performance.

Non-underlying items may include, but are not limited to, the impact on the 
income statement of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes including 
administration charges and pension interest, acquisition or disposal costs and 
the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, significant reorganisation costs, 
profits or losses arising on discontinued operations, significant impairments 
of tangible or intangible assets and related taxation. Accordingly, alternative 
performance measures, which exclude non-underlying items, are presented to 
aid interpretation of performance. Further analysis of the items included in non-
underlying items is provided in note 5 to the financial statements.

Recent accounting developments
At the date of this report, there were no new standards in issue which were 
relevant to the Group and Company.

Going concern
The Group’s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are described within the Operating 
review on pages 10 to 14, Financial review on pages 15 to 17 and in the Principal 
risks and uncertainties on pages 18 and 20.

The Directors have considered the trading outlook of the Group and Company 
for a 24 month period ending 31 December 2022, its financial position, including 
its cash resources and access to borrowings, as set out in the Financial review 
on pages 15 to 17 and in note 20 to the accounts on page 75, and its continuing 
obligations, including to its defined benefit pension schemes, details of which 
are set out in note 24 to the accounts on pages 77 to 82. Having made due 
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and 
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future.

For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements comprise the consolidated results of the 
Company and all of its subsidiary companies together with the Group’s share 
of the results of its associated companies on an equity accounting basis. 
A separate income statement dealing only with the results of the Company 
has not been presented in accordance with section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

A subsidiary is a company controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Group. Control 
is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the subsidiary 
company so as to obtain benefits from its activities. A subsidiary’s results 
are included in the Group financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases.

Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and 
expenses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business 
combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets 
are acquired.

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:

  fair values of the assets transferred;

  liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business;

  equity interests issued by the Group;

  fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement; and

  fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date.

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred.

The excess of the:

  consideration transferred;

  amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity; and

  acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the 
acquired entity

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

59

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill. Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the 
amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the 
date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing 
rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an 
independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified as a financial liability. Amounts classified 
as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in 
fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange 
rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the statement of financial position date 
are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange 
differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date 
of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies that are stated at fair value are translated at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the date the fair value was determined.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value 
adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the statement of financial position date.

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average 
rate for the period where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations, and of 
related qualifying hedges, are taken directly to the translation reserve. They are 
released into the income statement upon disposal.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of 
acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of the subsidiary or associated undertaking at the date 
of acquisition.

Goodwill is recognised as an asset and is not amortised but is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually on the basis of its value in use. Any impairment is 
recognised immediately through the income statement and is not subsequently 
reversed. Impairment losses recognised are allocated first to reduce the 
carrying value of the goodwill the business relates to, and then to reduce the 
carrying value of the other assets of that business on a pro rata basis.

Annual impairment reviews of goodwill are undertaken and are determined 
from value in use calculations for each cash generating unit (CGU) using cash 
flow projections based on the latest five-year plan approved by the Board. The 
key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount 
rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs 
during the period and are consistent with external sources of information and 
the Board's view of long term growth. Cash flows beyond the period of the 
projections are extrapolated at growth rates which do not exceed those used in 
the five-year plan. The discount rate applied to the cash flow forecasts for each 
CGU is based on a market participant’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital 
of 12% (2019: 10%).

On disposal of a subsidiary or associated undertaking, the attributable amount 
of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Research and development
Research and development and related product development costs are charged 
to the income statement in the year in which they are incurred unless they 
are specifically chargeable to and recoverable from customers under agreed 
contract terms or the expenditure meets the criteria for capitalisation.

Where the expenditure relates to the development of a new product for which 
the technical feasibility and commercial viability of the product is identified, 
where development costs can be measured reliably and where future economic 
benefits are probable, development costs are capitalised and amortised over 
their useful economic lives, up to a maximum of five years. The expenditure 
capitalised includes costs of materials, direct labour and an appropriate 
proportion of overheads. Such intangible assets are assessed for indicators 
of impairment at least annually and any impairment is charged to the 
income statement.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment charges and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated 
useful economic life which is set on an item by item basis. All intangible assets 
are tested for impairment at least annually and any impairment is charged to 
the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost or deemed cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment in value.

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis to write off the cost, less the 
estimated residual value, of property, plant and equipment over its estimated 
useful life.

The annual depreciation rates used are as follows:

– nil
Freehold land 
– 3% on cost or deemed cost
Freehold buildings 
– over life of lease
Leasehold property 
Plant and machinery 
– 8% to 25%
Fixtures, fittings and vehicles – 10% to 33%

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed at least 
annually for indicators of impairment. Any change in value arising from 
impairment is charged or credited (up to the carrying value prior to any previous 
impairment) to the income statement for the year.

Certain items of property that had been revalued to fair value on or prior to 
1 January 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are measured on the basis of 
deemed cost, being the revalued amount at the date of the revaluation.

Investment property
Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or for capital 
appreciation, is stated at cost. Depreciation is based on cost less residual value. 
Where the expected residual value exceeds cost no depreciation is provided.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at cost less provision for 
any impairment in value. The carrying value of investments in subsidiary 
undertakings are reviewed at least annually for indicators of impairment.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

60

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

Revenue and Contracts
Revenue
Revenue represents income derived from contracts for the provision of goods 
and services by the Company and its subsidiary undertakings to customers in 
exchange for consideration in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities.

Transaction price
At the start of the contract, the total transaction price is estimated as the 
amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring the promised goods and services to the customer, excluding 
sales taxes. The transaction price does not include estimates of consideration 
resulting from contract modifications and the only variable consideration 
within Mpac contracts are change orders, until they have been approved by the 
parties to the contract.

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue is recognised, as performance obligations are satisfied as control of 
the goods and services is transferred to the customer. For each performance 
obligation within a contract, the Group determines whether it is satisfied over 
time or at a point in time. Performance obligations are satisfied over time if one 
of the following criteria is satisfied:

  the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided 
by the Group’s performance as it performs;

  the Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer 
controls as the asset is created or enhanced; or

  the Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use 
to the Group and it has an enforceable right to payment for performance 
completed to date.

With the exception of the supply of spare parts, installation services and certain 
other service based contracts, all of Mpac's contracts are accounted for over 
time. Supply of spare parts and installation services are recognised once the 
supply or service is complete. Those recognised over time satisfy the third 
criteria, above.

For each performance obligation to be recognised over time, the Group 
recognises revenue using an input method, based on labour hours incurred 
in the period. Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction 
of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most 
accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers 
innovative, efficient, and technically robust solutions, with the time allocated 
to projects of Mpac engineers and technicians being the main driver to 
bring projects to fruition. Material costs incurred are not considered to be 
proportionate to the group’s progress in satisfying progress on contracts for 
which revenue is recognised over time and therefore revenue in respect of 
materials is recognised at an amount equal to the cost of good used to satisfy 
the performance obligation. Material costs are recognised on contracts as 
incurred. Revenue and attributable margin are calculated by reference to 
reliable estimates of the total labour hours and labour hours to be incurred, 
after making suitable allowances for technical and other risks. Revenue and 
associated margin are therefore recognised progressively as labour hours are 
incurred, and as risks have been mitigated or retired. The Group has determined 
that this method faithfully depicts the Group’s performance in transferring 
control of the goods and services to the customer.

If the over time criteria for revenue recognition are not met, revenue is 
recognised at the point in time that control is transferred to the customer, 
which is usually when legal title passes to the customer and the business has 
the right to payment, for example, on delivery.

Contract modifications
The Group’s contracts are often amended for changes in customers’ 
requirements and specifications. A contract modification exists when the 
parties to the contract approve a modification that either changes existing 
or creates new enforceable rights and obligations. The effect of a contract 
modification on the transaction price and the Group’s measure of progress 
towards the satisfaction of the performance obligation to which it relates is 
recognised in one of the following ways:

1.  prospectively as an additional, separate contract;

2.  prospectively as a termination of the existing contract and creation of a 

new contract; or

3.  as part of the original contract using a cumulative catch up.

The majority of the Group’s contract modifications are treated under 3 (for 
example, a change in the specification of the distinct goods or services for a 
partially completed contract), although the facts and circumstances of any 
contract modification are considered individually as the types of modifications 
will vary contract-by-contract and may result in different accounting outcomes.

Costs to obtain a contract
The Group does not typically incur costs to obtain contracts that it would not 
have incurred had the contracts not been awarded, such as sales commission.

Costs to fulfil a contract
Contract fulfilment costs in respect of over time contracts are expensed as 
incurred. Contract fulfilment costs in respect of point in time contracts are 
accounted for under IFRS 15.95 and are recognised as contract fulfilment 
assets providing they: 

  are not within the scope of other standards; 

  relate directly to a contract (or an anticipated contract); 

  generate or enhance resources that will be used in satisfying performance 
obligations in the future; and

  are expected to be recovered from the customer.

Contract fulfilment assets are expensed at the point the corresponding revenue 
is recognised. 

Where assets have been recognised in respect of costs to fulfil a contract, 
these are tested for impairment under IFRS 15.

Contract assets
A contract asset is a right to consideration conditional on something other than 
the passage of time. Contract assets are tested for impairment under IFRS 9.

Contract liabilities
The contract liabilities represent the obligation to transfer goods or services to 
a customer for which consideration has been received, or consideration is due, 
from the customer.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

61

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Performance obligations
A small proportion of the Group’s contracts recognised over time comprise 
a variety of performance obligations, including but not limited to machinery, 
elements of design and customisation, installation and after-sales services. 
Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods 
or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is 
‘distinct’ if both:

  the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other 
readily available resources; and

  it is separately identifiable (i.e. the Group does not provide a significant 
service integrating, modifying or customising it.

Where contracts include more than one performance obligation, the transaction 
price is allocated on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The stand-alone 
selling price is determined based on the observable price of a good or service 
when the Group sells that good or service separately in similar circumstances 
and to similar customers.

Inventories
Inventories includes raw materials, work in progress and finished goods 
recognised in accordance with IAS 2 in respect of contracts with customers 
which have been determined to fulfil the criteria for point in time revenue 
recognition under IFRS 15. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, including 
all relevant overhead expenditure, and net realisable value. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term 
fixed deposits, and for the statements of cash flows they also include 
bank overdrafts.

Share capital
When share capital is repurchased, the amount of consideration paid, including 
directly attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity. Repurchased 
shares are classified as treasury shares and presented as a deduction from 
total equity.

Preference share capital is classified as a liability as dividend payments are 
not discretionary.

Dividends on the preference shares are disclosed as interest charges, are 
recognised as a liability and are accounted for on an accruals basis. Dividends 
on ordinary shares are only recognised in the period in which they are paid.

Financial instruments
IFRS 9 Financial instruments requires the classification of financial instruments 
into different types for which the accounting requirement is different. The 
Group has classified its financial instruments as follows:

  short-term fixed deposits, principally comprising funds held with banks and 
other financial institutions;

  trade and other receivables are held at amortised cost;

  trade and other payables are held at amortised cost;

  borrowings are classified as other liabilities held at amortised cost; and

  derivatives, comprising forward foreign exchange contracts and the deferred 
contingent consideration on acquisition are classified as instruments with fair 
value through profit or loss.

Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value. Their subsequent 
measurement depends on their classification:

  loans and receivables and other liabilities are held at amortised cost; and

  instruments that are held for trading are held at fair value. Changes in fair 
value are included in the income statement unless the instrument is included 
in a cash flow hedge.

Trade and other receivables and contract assets
The Group makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade and other 
receivables as well as contract assets, recording the loss allowance as lifetime 
expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash 
flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the life of the 
financial instrument. In calculating the lifetime credit losses, the Group uses 
its historical experience, external indicators and forward looking information to 
calculate the expected losses. Refer to note 26 for further details.

Hedge accounting
The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to forward foreign exchange 
contracts, held to reduce the exposure to movements in the future value of 
foreign currency receipts and payments.

For those contracts included in an effective cash flow hedging relationship, 
changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and taken to equity. When the hedged forecast 
transaction occurs, amounts previously recorded in equity are recognised in the 
income statement. Any ineffectiveness in the hedging arrangement is included 
in the income statement.

Post-retirement and other employee benefits
The Group and Company account for pensions and other post-retirement 
benefits under IAS 19 Employee benefits.

For defined benefit schemes, the net obligation is calculated separately for 
each scheme by estimating the amount of future benefits that employees have 
earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. The benefit 
is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of the schemes’ 
assets (at bid price) is deducted. The liability discount rate is either the yield 
at the statement of financial position date on AA credit rated bonds that have 
maturity dates approximating to the terms of the obligations or by a cash flow 
matching method reflecting the duration of the liabilities, whichever more 
accurately reflects the schemes’ pattern of cash flows. The calculations are 
performed by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The 
expense of administering the pension schemes and financing income/expense 
of the schemes are recognised in the income statement. Past service costs/
credits and curtailment costs/credits are recognised in the periods in which 
they arise. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the period in which they 
arise in other comprehensive income.

Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged to the income 
statement as incurred.

The net obligation in respect of long-term service benefits, other than pension 
plans, is the amount of the future benefit that employees have earned in return 
for their service in the current and prior periods. Obligations are measured at 
their present value.

Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share- based payments.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

62

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. 
These are measured at their fair value at the date of grant and are expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the 
number of shares that will eventually vest, and adjusted for the effect of non-
market related conditions.

Charges made to the income statement in respect of share-based payments 
are credited to retained earnings.

Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation 
as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

Interest receivable
Interest receivable is recognised in the income statement using the effective 
interest method as defined in IFRS 9 Financial instruments.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or 
production of qualifying assets are added to the cost of those assets.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period 
in which they are incurred.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is 
recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in the 
statements of comprehensive income, or to items recorded directly in equity in 
which case it is recorded directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of 
taxable profit and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it 
is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not 
recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 
of goodwill; the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities that affect 
neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit; and differences relating to 
investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet 
date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax laws and 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except when 
it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which 
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable 
right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group 
intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Errors
Where errors are discovered in respect of prior periods, adjustments are 
made in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting 
Estimates and Errors and revised statements are presented as required. 
Where adjustments are made, the heading at the top of the note will state 
‘Restated’ and a separate note detailing the nature, amount of correction and a 
reconciliation between the balances provided. Where appropriate, a statement 
of financial position for the opening position will be presented.

Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a 
reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the group will comply 
with all attached conditions. Government grants relating to costs are deferred 
and recognised in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them 
with the costs that they are intended to compensate. The Group benefitted 
from a number of Covid-related grants in the course of 2020 including the 
'Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme' in the UK and the equivalent schemes 
in the countries in which it operates. No deferred amounts remained at 
31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £nil).

Operating segments
An operating segment is a component of the Group that is engaged in business 
activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and for which 
discrete financial information is available. All operating segments’ results are 
regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker, which is the 
Board of Directors, in order to assess performance and make decisions about 
the allocation of resources to each segment.

Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that 
represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations 
that has been disposed of or is held for sale, or is a subsidiary acquired 
exclusively with a view to resale. Classification as a discontinued operation 
occurs upon disposal or when the operation meets the criteria to be classified 
as held for sale, if earlier. When an operation is classified as a discontinued 
operation, the comparative income statement is restated as if the operation has 
been discontinued from the start of the comparative period.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Notes to the accounts

1.  Revenue and operating segments
All revenue information is prepared in accordance with the Group accounting policies shown on pages 57 to 62.

The following is a description of the principal activities, separated by reportable segments, from which the Group generates its revenue.

Original Equipment (”OE”)
The OE segments of the Group principally generate revenue from the make, pack and test of high-speed packaging solutions, first of a kind machinery and high 
specification automation, secondary packaging equipment and at line instrumentation solutions. The typical length of a contract for OE Equipment is four to 12 
months. The contracts are accounted for over time unless the installation and commissioning consideration of the contact is a distinct performance obligation 
which could be undertaken by a third party in which case the contract is disaggregated with the equipment consideration recognised over time and the installation 
consideration is recognised at a point in time. Where contracts are recognised over time, the consideration recognised is based on an estimate of labour costs 
completed at the statement of financial position date as a proportion of total expected labour costs for the contract.

Service
The service segment of the Group generates revenue from sales of spare parts and providing service engineers and support staff to customers enabling them 
to maximise the benefits of their high-speed packaging solutions, first of a kind machinery and high specification automation, secondary packaging equipment, 
end of line robotics and at line instrumentation solutions. Service contracts are usually short-term contracts and either have a fixed price or are based on time 
and materials.

The Group’s revenue reflects the basis of the Group’s management and internal reporting structure. A commentary on the performance of the operating segments 
during the year is provided in the Operating review on pages 10 to 14.

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical market, major product lines, sector and timing of revenue recognition.

Disaggregation of revenue

Sector
Pharmaceutical
Healthcare
Food and beverage
Other
Total

Timing of revenue recognition
Products and services transferred at a point in time
Products and services transferred over time
Total

2020 
£m

3.9
37.7
34.8
7.3
83.7

23.4
60.3
83.7

2019 
£m

2.9
62.5
19.8
3.6
88.8

25.5
63.3
88.8

The Group disaggregates revenue of Original Equipment (OE) and Service together with the regional split, Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific.

Information regarding the results of each operating segment is included overleaf. Performance is measured based on underlying segment gross profit. Unallocated 
items comprise distribution and administrative expenditure. The unallocated items are excluded from segment profit or loss as they are not region specific.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

63

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

64

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
The measurement of segment assets and liabilities excludes central items that are not allocated to the regions. Unallocated items comprise mainly of goodwill and 
acquired intangible assets, net debt/funds (excluding the lease liabilities), pension assets/liabilities, taxation balances and net liabilities attributable to the Group’s 
Head Office.

Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the year to acquire segment assets that are expected to be used for more than one period.

Segment information

Revenue
Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Total
Gross profit
Selling, distribution and administration
Underlying operating profit
Unallocated non-underlying items included 
in operating profit
Operating profit/(loss)
Net financing income
Profit/(loss) before tax

Americas
EMEA
Asia
Total
Unallocated net assets
Total net assets

OE 
£m

36.2
23.7
4.2
64.1
15.3

2020

Service 
£m

10.5
7.6
1.5
19.6
9.0

Segment 
assets
28.2
30.7
0.5
59.4

2020

Segment 
liabilities
(20.7)
(26.6)
(0.2)
(47.5)

Total 
£m

46.7
31.3
5.7
83.7
24.3
(17.8)
6.5

(3.6)
2.9
–
2.9

Segment  

net assets
7.5
4.1
0.3
11.9
32.5
44.4

OE 
£m

45.8
17.6
6.0
69.4
18.2

2019

Service 
£m

11.0
7.2
1.2
19.4
7.8

Segment 
assets
16.4
25.6
0.5
42.5

2019

Segment 
liabilities
(12.4)
(23.0)
(0.2)
(35.6)

Total 
£m

56.8
24.8
7.2
88.8
26.0
(18.3)
7.7

(2.4)
5.3
0.1
5.4

Segment  

net assets
4.0
2.6
0.3
6.9
40.6
47.5

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
Geographical information

Revenue
UK
Europe (excl. UK)
Africa and Middle East
USA
Americas (excl. USA)
Asia Pacific

Non-current assets (excluding taxation balances)
UK
Canada and USA
Rest of the world

By location of customer

2020 
£m
9.7
19.2
2.8
34.5
12.3
5.2
83.7

2020 
%

12
23
3
41
15
6
100

2019 
£m
10.1
13.7
1.1
52.0
4.6
7.3
88.8

By location of assets

2020 
£m
37.0
13.2
2.9
53.1

 2019 
%
11
16
1
59
5
8
100

2019 
£m
42.0
3.3
3.1
48.4

2.  Major customers
In 2020, the Group generated 24.5% (2019: 45.9%) of revenue from two customers. The most significant customer accounted for 14.8% (2019: 35.6%) of Group 
revenue. The sales constituted both equipment and Service, and were spread across a number of different geographic regions.

3.  Other operating expenses

Research and development costs (expensed as incurred)

2020 
£m
1.1

2019 
£m
0.8

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

65

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

66

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

4.  Operating profit

Operating profit is arrived at after charging:
Amortisation of intangible assets
Depreciation of owned and leased assets

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Government grants
Audit fees paid to the current auditor (Company £0.1m; 2019: £0.1m)
Other fees paid to the current auditor
– tax compliance (Company £0.1m; 2019: £0.1m)
– tax advisory (Company £nil; 2019: £nil)

5.  Non-underlying items

Non-underlying items
Acquisition costs 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Provision in respect of discontinued operations
Defined benefit pension scheme – Past service cost from GMP equalisation
Defined benefit pension schemes administration costs
US defined benefit pension scheme – Past service gain from options exercise
Reorganisation costs
Total non-underlying operating expenditure
Interest on deferred and contingent acquisition consideration
Net financing income on pension scheme balances
Total non-underlying expense before tax
Deferred tax on pension scheme past service costs
Amortisation of deferred tax arising on acquisition
Total non-underlying expense after tax

2020 
£m

1.9
1.1

38.3
2.4
0.3

0.1
–

2020 
£m

(0.4)
(1.6)
–
(0.2)
(0.9)
–
(0.5)
(3.6)
(0.1)
0.3
(3.4)
0.1
0.3
(3.0)

2019 
£m

1.1
0.9

40.0
–
0.2

0.1
–

2019 
£m

(0.9)
(0.9)
(0.2)
–
(1.2)
1.1
(0.3)
(2.4)
(0.1)
0.4
(2.1)
–
0.2
(1.9)

The Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”), in addition to those reported under IFRS, as management believe these measures enable the users 
of financial statements to assess the underlying trading performance of the business. The APMs used include underlying operating profit, underlying profit before 
tax and underlying earnings per share. These measures are calculated using the relevant IFRS measure as adjusted for non-underlying income/(expenditure) 
listed above. No Covid-related items are considered non-underlying.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

67

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

6.  Employee information

The number of people employed by the Group was:
Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Head Office (including Non-Executive Directors and pension scheme administrators)
Total 

The number of people employed by the Company in EMEA was:

Employment costs were:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Employee benefits
– defined contribution schemes
– equity-settled share-based transactions

Period end

2020

132
316
13
15
476

Period end

2020
15

Group

2020

20.7
3.0

1.8
0.4
25.9

2019

89
355
12
15
471

2019
15

2019

19.6
3.0

1.3
0.4
24.3

Average

2020

103
327
13
15
458

Average

2020
15

Company

2020

1.3
0.3

0.2
0.4
2.2

2019

83
291
12
15
401

2019
51

2019

3.3
0.4

0.6
0.4
4.7

The costs of the defined benefit pension schemes are disclosed in note 24.

7.  Emoluments of Directors and interests in shares
Information on the emoluments of the Directors (page 31), together with information regarding the beneficial interests of the Directors and persons connected with 
them in the ordinary shares of the Company, is included in the Remuneration report on pages 30 to 35.

8.  Net financing income

Financial income:
Amounts receivable on cash and cash equivalents
Net interest received on pension scheme balances

Financial expenses:
Preference dividends paid
Interest on deferred contingent consideration
Lease interest (IFRS 16)

Net financing income

2020 
£m

–
0.3
0.3

(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.3)
–

2019 
£m

–
0.4
0.4

(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.3)
0.1

Net interest received on pension scheme balances and interest on deferred consideration is included in non-underlying items.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

68

Notes to the accounts continued

9.  Taxation

Tax credit:
Current tax
Deferred tax
Total 

Included within the total taxation is a tax credit of £0.4m (2019: £0.2m) attributable to the non-underlying items set out in note 5.

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit/(loss) before tax

Income tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 19.00% (2019: 19.00%)
Research & development tax credits
Deferred tax movements on acquired intangible asset amortisation
Deferred tax movements on pension payments
Change in recognised deferred tax assets
Change in unrecognised deferred tax assets
Foreign tax charged at higher rates than UK corporation tax rate
Total credit

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

2020 
£m

0.6
(1.0)
(0.4)

2020 
£m
2.9

0.6
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
(1.1)
0.3
(0.4)

2019 
£m

(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.5)

2019 
£m
5.4

1.0
(0.8)
(0.2)
0.5
–
(1.1)
0.1
(0.5)

The main rate of UK corporation tax is 19% as enacted in the Finance Act 2015. The rate of deferred tax liability arising from the surplus in respect of the UK 
defined benefit pension scheme is 35%.

In view of probable timing of the utilisation of brought forward losses, deferred tax assets have not been recognised on tax losses and timing differences in respect 
of the Group companies in the UK and the USA.

Deferred tax credit on items in other comprehensive (expense)/income

Arising from actuarial losses

2020 
£m
2.2

2019 
£m
0.1

10.  Current tax assets and liabilities
Current tax assets of £0.8m (2019: £0.4m) and current tax liabilities of £0.4m (2019: £0.7m) for the Group, and current tax assets of £nil (2019: £nil) for the 
Company, represent the amount of income taxes recoverable and payable in respect of current and prior periods.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
11.  Earnings per share
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
The calculation of basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share is based upon the profit for the year of £3.3m (2019: £5.9m) and the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the year. The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by the employee trust in respect of the Company’s deferred 
share plan arrangements.

Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
The calculation of diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share is based upon the profit for the year of £3.3m (2019: £5.9m) and the diluted weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The calculation of diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share from continuing activities is based upon the profit for the 
period from continuing activities of £3.3m (2019: £5.9m). For diluted earnings per ordinary share, the weighted average number of shares includes the diluting 
effect, if any, of own shares held by the employee trust.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (non-diluted) at 31 December
Effect of own shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) at 31 December

2020
19,955,307
135,254
20,090,561

2019
19,968,000
178,256
20,146,256

Underlying and diluted underlying earnings per share
Underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share, which are calculated on profit before non-underlying items, amounted 
to 31.4p (2019: 39.5p) in respect of underlying earnings per share and 31.2p (2019: 39.2p) in respect of diluted underlying earnings per share.

The calculations of underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share are based upon an underlying profit for the period of 
£6.3m (2019: £7.8m) which is calculated as follows:

Profit for the period
Non-underlying items (net of tax)
Underlying profit for the period

2020 
£m
3.3
3.0
6.3

2019 
£m
5.9
1.9
7.8

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

69

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

70

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

12.  Intangible assets

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2019
Additions
Disposals
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2019
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2020

Amortisation and impairment losses:
Balance at 1 January 2019
Amortisation for the period
Disposals
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2019
Amortisation for the period
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2020

Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2019
At 31 December 2020

Group

Acquired  
intangible  
assets 
£m

Product 
develop-

ment  
£m

Software 
develop-

ment  
£m

Assets 
under 
construction 
£m

Goodwill 
£m

–
5.7
–
–
5.7
7.9
–
–
(0.4)
13.2

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
10.5
–
–
10.5
2.6
–
–
–
13.1

–
0.9
–
–
0.9
1.6
–
–
–
2.5

5.7
13.2

9.6
10.6

4.0
0.3
–
(0.2)
4.1
0.6
–
–
0.1
4.8

3.0
0.2
–
(0.1)
3.1
0.2
–
–
0.1
3.4

1.0
1.4

–
–
–
–
–
1.2
–
1.6
–
2.8

–
–
–
–
–
0.1
–
0.5
–
0.6

–
2.2

–
0.6
–
–
0.6
–
–
(0.6)
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0.6
–

Total 
£m

4.0
17.1
–
(0.2)
20.9
12.3
–
1.0
(0.3)
33.9

3.0
1.1
–
(0.1)
4.0
1.9
–
0.5
0.1
6.5

16.9
27.4

Company

Product 
develop-

ment  
£m

Software 
develop-

ment  
£m

Assets 
under 
construction 
£m

0.5
–
(0.5)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0.4
–
(0.4)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
1.2
–
0.6
–
1.8

–
–
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.1

–
1.7

–
0.6
–
–
0.6
–
–
(0.6)
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0.6
–

Total 
£m

0.5
0.6
(0.5)
–
0.6
1.2
–
–
–
1.8

0.4
–
(0.4)
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.1

0.6
1.7

The amortisation for development costs is included in cost of sales in the consolidated income statement. Included within additions are the intangible assets and 
goodwill acquired through business combinations as set out in note 30.

The carrying amounts of goodwill are £5.7m in respect of Mpac Lambert (acquired in 2019) and £7.9m in respect of Switchback Group (acquired in 2020). The 
Group tests goodwill at least semi-annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the goodwill have been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections from the Group's mid-range 
plan. These assumptions have been prudently sensitised (as per Investments - note 15) to demonstrate that realistic changes do not generate a requirement for 
impairment and the Group does not consider it probable that any reasonable changes to the key assumptions would result in an impairment to any of the goodwill 
balances. Goodwill comprises intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, in particular the existing workforce. None of the goodwill is expected to 
be tax-deductible.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

71

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

13.  Property, plant and equipment

Group

Land and  
buildings 
£m

Plant and  
machinery 
£m

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2019
Additions
Disposals
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2019
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2020

Depreciation:
Balance at 1 January 2019
Charge for the period
Disposals
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2019
Additions
Disposals

Reclassification 

Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2020

Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2019
At 31 December 2020

3.1
1.0
–
–
4.1
0.1
–
–
–
4.2

1.3
0.1
–
–
1.4
0.1
–

–
–
1.5

2.7
2.7

3.0
0.4
(0.4)
(0.1)
2.9
0.5
(0.3)
–
–
3.1

1.5
0.3
(0.2)
(0.1)
1.5
0.3
(0.2)

–
–
1.6

1.4
1.5

5.1
1.0
–
(0.2)
5.9
0.6
(0.4)
(1.0)
0.1
5.2

4.0
0.5
–
(0.1)
4.4
0.7
(0.3)

(0.5)
–
4.3

1.5
0.9

Company

Land and  
buildings 
£m

Plant and  
machinery 
£m

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m

2.6
–
–
–
2.6
–
–
–
–
2.6

0.9
0.1
–
–
1.0
0.1
–

–
–
1.1

1.6
1.5

0.3
–
(0.3)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0.3
–
(0.3)
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

1.2
0.1
(0.8)
–
0.5
0.1
(0.4)
–
–
0.2

1.0
–
(0.6)
–
0.4
–
(0.3)

–
–
0.1

0.1
0.1

Total 
£m

11.2
2.4
(0.4)
(0.3)
12.9
1.2
(0.7)
(1.0)
0.1
12.5

6.8
0.9
(0.2)
(0.2)
7.3
1.1
(0.5)

(0.5)
–
7.4

5.6
5.1

Included within additions are the tangible assets acquired through business combinations, as set out in note 30.

14.  Investment property

Balance at 1 January 2019 and 31 December 2019
Balance at 31 December 2020

Group

2020 
£m
0.8
0.8

2019 
£m
0.8
0.8

Company

2020 
£m
0.8
0.8

Total 
£m

4.1
0.1
(1.1)
–
3.1
0.1
(0.4)
–
–
2.8

2.2
0.1
(0.9)
–
1.4
0.1
(0.3)

–
–
1.2

1.7
1.6

2019 
£m
0.8
0.8

Investment property is shown at cost. The fair value of the investment property at 31 December 2020 is £1.1m (2019: £1.0m) and has been arrived at on the basis 
of a valuation carried out by independent valuers, Wilks Head & Eve LLP. The valuation, which conforms to International Valuation Standards, was arrived at by 
reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Notes to the accounts continued

72

15.  Investments
Cost of shares in subsidiaries

Balance at 1 January
Acquisition of investment
Balance at 31 December

The Company’s subsidiary undertakings are shown in note 33.

2020 
£m
63.8
–
63.8

2019 
£m
47.4
16.4
63.8

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Acquisition of investment
On 1 May 2019, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Lambert Automation Limited, further details of which are set out in the acquisition note 30.

Impairment review of investments
Annual impairment reviews of investments in subsidiaries are undertaken and are determined from value in use calculations for each entity using cash flow 
projections based on the latest five-year plan approved by the Board. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount rates, 
growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period and are consistent with external sources of information and the Board's 
view of long term growth. Cash flows beyond the period of the projections are extrapolated at growth rates which do not exceed those used in the five-year plan. 
The discount rates used vary by country between 8% and 11%, predominantly due to differences in the local tax position and risk free interest rates. No growth is 
forecast beyond the five-year forecast period.

There has been no impairment of investments in subsidiaries in the year. Management considers that reasonable possible changes in the assumptions would be 
an increase in the weighted average cost of capital of 1.0%, a reduction in the sales of the subsidiaries of 5% and a 5% reduction in their operating profit. None of 
these changes in assumptions, either individually or combined, would have resulted in an impairment of investments in subsidiaries in the year.

16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets

Liabilities

Group
Employee benefits
Tax losses
Acquired intangible assets
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Company
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

2020 
£m
–
1.8
–
1.8
1.8

Assets

2020 
£m
–
–
–

2019 
£m
–
1.7
–
1.7
1.7

2019 
£m
–
–
–

2020 
£m
(4.9)
–
(1.9)
(6.8)
(6.8)

Liabilities

2020 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)
(4.9)

2019 
£m
(7.2)
–
(1.6)
(8.8)
(8.8)

2019 
£m
(7.2)
(7.2)
(7.2)

Net

2020 
£m
(4.9)
1.8
(1.9)
(5.0)
(5.0)

Net

2020 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)
(4.9)

2019 
£m
(7.2)
1.7
(1.6)
(7.1)
(7.1)

2019 
£m
(7.2)
(7.2)
(7.2)

Deferred tax is measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the period when the temporary differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and 
laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and associates. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the Group, no tax 
is expected to be payable on them in the foreseeable future.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

73

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of temporary differences arising in certain subsidiary companies.

These assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deferred tax asset can be utilised. At the 
year end, the Group had £5.3m of unrecognised deferred tax assets (2019: £5.8m) which would become recoverable if the relevant companies were to make 
sufficient profits in the future. Under current tax legislation, these tax assets expire as follows:

Expiry
10 to 20 years
No expiry date

Movement in temporary differences during the year

Group
Employee benefits
Corporation tax losses
Investment tax credits
Acquired intangible assets

Balance at  
1 January  
2020 
£m
(7.2)
0.4
1.3
(1.6)
(7.1)

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.1
0.7
–
0.2
1.0

Investment tax 
credits utilised
–
–
(0.6)
–
(0.6)

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
2.2
–
–
–
2.2

Recorded on  
acquisition 
£m
–
–
–
(0.5)
(0.5)

The brought forward tax losses balance at 1 January 2020 has been disaggregated between tax losses and investment tax credits.

Group
Employee benefits
Tax losses
Acquired intangible assets

Company
Employee benefits

Company
Employee benefits

Balance at  
1 January  
2019 
£m
(7.3)
1.7
–
(5.6)

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
–
–
0.2
0.2

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
0.1
–
–
0.1

Recorded on  
acquisition 
£m
–
–
(1.8)
(1.8)

Balance at  
1 January 
2020 
£m
(7.2)
(7.2)

Balance at  
1 January 
2019 
£m
(7.3)
(7.3)

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.1
0.1

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
2.2
2.2

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
–
–

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
0.1
0.1

Group

2020 
£m
0.6
4.7
5.3

2019 
£m
1.5
4.3
5.8

Balance at  
31 December  
2020 
£m
(4.9)
1.1
0.7
(1.9)
(5.0)

Balance at  
31 December  
2019 
£m
(7.2)
1.7
(1.6)
(7.1)

Balance at  
31 December  
2020 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)

Balance at  
31 December  
2019 
£m
(7.2)
(7.2)

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

74

Notes to the accounts continued

17.  Inventories

Work in progress
Finished goods

Group

2020 
£m
0.9
2.6
3.5

2019 - Restated 
£m
1.1
2.1
3.2

Company

2020 
£m
–
–
–

An amount of £0.1m (2019: £nil) has been charged in the year in respect of inventory write-downs.

18.  Contract assets & liabilities; contract fulfilment assets
The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers traded over time.

Receivables, which are included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
Contract assets
Contract liabilities

Group

2020 
£m
6.8
8.5
(18.2)

2019 - Restated 
£m
7.9
6.4
(11.7)

2019 
£m
–
–
–

2019 
£m
–
–
–

Company

2020 
£m
–
–
–

Company

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Revenue recognised which is included in the contract liability balance at the 
beginning of the period
Increases due to cash received, excluding amounts recognised as revenue during 
the period
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the period to 
receivables
Increases as a result of changes recognised in the measure of progress

Group

Contract 
Assets

–

–

(6.4)
8.5

Contract 
Liabilities

Contract 
Assets

Contract 
Liabilities

11.7

(18.2)

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have 
original expected durations of one year or less.

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 and recognises the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if 
the amortisation period of the asset that the Group otherwise would have recognised is one year or less.

The Group’s contracts with customers are predominantly for one year or less, accordingly the Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 63 of IFRS 15 and 
does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of any financing component.

Contract fulfilment assets
These assets are recognised under paragraph 95 of IFRS 15 in respect of expenditure incurred which will satisfy future performance obligations. These were 
previously included in work-in-progress. 

Contract fulfilment assets 

Group

2020 
£m
1.0

2019 - Restated 
£m

1.2

Company

2020 
£m
–

2019 
£m

–

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
19.  Trade and other receivables

Current assets:
Contract assets and contract fulfilment assets - see note 18
Trade receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Foreign currency derivatives

20.  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Non-current liabilities:
Repayable in more than five years

Group

2020 
£m

2019 - restated 
£m

Company

2020 
£m

9.5
13.4
–
0.9
7.8
0.6
32.2

Group

2020 
£m

0.9
0.9

7.6
16.0
–
0.4
3.7
0.3
28.0

2019 
£m

0.9
0.9

–
–
3.2
0.1
0.6
0.7
4.6

Company

2020 
£m

0.9
0.9

2019 
£m

–
–
2.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
3.2

2019 
£m

0.9
0.9

Preference shares
The preference shares carry a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 6% per annum and on the winding-up of the Company entitle the holders to 
repayment of the capital paid up thereon (together with a sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the fixed dividend calculated to the date of the return of capital 
and to be payable irrespective of whether such dividend has been declared or earned or not) in priority to any payment to the holders of the ordinary shares. The 
preference shares do not entitle the holders to any further participation in the profits or assets of the Company.

The preference shareholders are not entitled to receive notice of or to attend or vote at any general meeting unless either:

  at the date of the notice convening the meeting, the dividend on the preference shares is six months in arrears (for this purpose the dividend on the preference 
shares is deemed to be payable half-yearly on 30 June and 31 December); or

  the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution for the winding-up of the Company, or for reducing its share capital or for sanctioning a 
sale of the undertaking, or any resolution directly and adversely affecting any of the special rights or privileges attached to the preference shares.

There were no arrears in the payment of preference dividends at the statement of financial position date. Preference dividends paid amounted to 
£0.1m (2019: £0.1m).

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

75

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

76

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

21.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds

Group

Company

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Change in net funds resulting from cash flows
Translation movements
Movement in net funds in the period
Opening net funds
Movement in lease liabilities under IFRS 16
Closing net funds

Analysis of net funds:
Cash and cash equivalents – current assets
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Closing net funds

22.  Trade and other payables

Current liabilities:
Contract liabilities - see note 18
Trade payables
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Foreign currency derivatives

2020 
£m
(3.2)
(3.2)
(0.2)
(3.4)
13.2
0.6
10.4

15.5
(0.9)
(4.2)
10.4

2019 
£m
(8.8)
(8.8)
(0.2)
(9.0)
27.0
(4.8)
13.2

18.9
(0.9)
(4.8)
13.2

2020 
£m
(5.5)
(5.5)
–
(5.5)
8.0
–
2.5

3.4
(0.9)
–
2.5

Group

2020 
£m

2019 - Restated 
£m

Company

2020 
£m

18.2
13.1
–
0.8
3.3
5.6
0.1
41.1

11.7
11.5
–
0.6
2.4
4.7
–
30.9

–
0.5
34.3
–
0.4
2.2
0.7
38.1

2019 
£m
(8.5)
(8.5)
–
(8.5)
17.4
–
8.9

8.9
(0.9)
–
8.0

2019 
£m

–
0.2
22.9
–
0.3
2.5
–
25.9

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

77

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

23.  Provisions

Group
Balance at 1 January
Provisions created in the year
Utilised during the year
Unused amounts reversed
Balance at 31 December

Company
Balance at 1 January
Provisions created in the year
Utilised during the year
Disposed (note 31)
Balance at 31 December

2020 
£m
1.3
1.2
(0.6)
(0.5)
1.4

2020 
£m
–
0.1
(0.1)
–
–

2019 
£m
1.0
0.8
(0.3)
(0.2)
1.3

2019 
£m
0.2
0.1
(0.1)
(0.2)
–

Provisions are based on historical data and a weighting of all possible outcomes against their associated possibilities. Group provisions relate primarily to product 
warranties. Except for specific identifiable claims, they are generally utilised within one year of the statement of financial position date.

24.  Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes for employees. Contributions to these schemes are recognised as an expense in the 
consolidated income statement as they fall due.

Defined benefit pension schemes
The Group is responsible for defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and the USA. All schemes are funded by Group companies as necessary, at rates 
determined by independent actuaries and as agreed between the trustees of the schemes and the sponsoring company.

The defined benefit pension schemes are administered by bodies that are legally separate from the Group. The trustees of the schemes are required by law to act 
in the interest of the schemes and of all relevant stakeholders in the schemes. The trustees of the schemes are responsible for the investment policies in respect 
of the assets of the schemes.

The pension schemes typically expose the Group to certain risks. These include the risk of investment under-performance, a fall in interest rates, an increase in life 
expectancy and an increase in inflation.

UK pension scheme
The Group operated one defined benefit pension scheme in the UK in which future accruals ceased in November 2012. The assets of the scheme are held 
separately from those of the Company and it is funded by the Company as necessary in order to ensure that the scheme can meet the expected benefit 
obligations. The funding policy is to ensure that the assets held by the scheme in the future are adequate to meet expected liabilities, allowing for future increases 
in pensions. The only assets of the scheme which are invested in the Company are an interest in the cumulative preference shares of the Company with an 
estimated current market value of £0.2m.

The most recent formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out as at 30 June 2018 using the projected unit credit method. The market value of the 
scheme assets at that date was £411.3m and the funding level was 92% of liabilities, which represented a deficit of £35.2m. The principal terms of the deficit 
funding agreement between the Company and the Fund’s Trustees, which is effective until 31 July 2024, but, is subject to reassessment every three years are 
as follows:

  the Company will continue to pay a sum of £1.9m per annum to the scheme (increasing at 2.1 per cent. per annum) in deficit recovery payments;

  if underlying operating profit (operating profit before non-underlying items) in any year is in excess of £5.5m, the Company will pay to the scheme an amount of 
33% of the difference between the annual underlying operating profit and £5.5m, subject to a cap on underlying operating profit of £10.0m for the purpose of 
calculating this payment; this part of the agreement will fall away in 2021 if the funding deficit is below certain levels; and

  payments of dividends by Mpac Group plc will not exceed the value of payments being made to the scheme in any one year.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

78

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

24.  Employee benefits continued
The deficit recovery period from 30 June 2018 was estimated to be six years and one month, which is scheduled to be formally reassessed following the 
completion of the actuarial valuation being carried out as at 30 June 2021.

During the year, the Company paid deficit recovery contributions of £1.9m (2019: £1.9m). A contribution of £0.8m (2019:£nil), in accordance with the profit sharing 
arrangement in the schedule of contributions, was also paid. In 2019 £0.1m was paid following the receipt of proceeds from the disposal of the I&TM business, 
being 10% of net proceeds.

The Company accounts for pension costs under IAS 19 Employee benefits and the valuation used has been based on detailed actuarial valuation work carried out 
as at 30 June 2018, updated by the Company’s actuary to assess the value of the liabilities of the scheme at 31 December 2020. Scheme assets are stated at their 
market value at 31 December 2020.

USA pension schemes
In the USA, the Group has three defined benefit pension schemes, all of which are closed to future accrual. Formal independent actuarial valuations of the USA 
pension schemes were carried out as at 1 January 2020 using the projected unit credit method. The valuations under IAS 19 at 31 December 2020 have been 
based on these actuarial valuations, updated for conditions existing at the year end.

Employer contributions of £0.3m (2019: £0.9m, including £0.6m as a result of the disposal in 2015 of the assets of Arista Laboratories and in 2017 the assets of the 
I&TM business,) were paid during the year.

Assumptions
The key financial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities and the financing expense on pension scheme balances are as follows:

Discount rate
Inflation rate
– CPI
– RPI
Increases to pensions in payment
– final salary benefits
– career average benefits

UK (Company)
2020
1.4%

2.4%
2.9%

2.4%
2.0%

2019
1.9%

2.2%
3.0%

2.2%
1.9%

USA

2020
2.1%

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

2019
3.0%

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities of the defined benefit pension schemes at the statement of financial position date are 
based on standard actuarial mortality tables and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity. The assumptions are equivalent to expecting an 
individual to live for a number of years as follows:

Current pensioner aged 65 – male
Current pensioner aged 65 – female
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – male
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – female

UK scheme
21.3 years
23.6 years
22.6 years
25.1 years

USA schemes
20.4 years
22.3 years
20.5 years
22.8 years

At 31 December 2020, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation in the UK scheme was 15 years (2019: 15 years) and in the USA schemes 
was 10 years (2019: 10 years).

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligations are discount rate, inflation rate and mortality. The sensitivity analysis 
below has been determined assuming that all other assumptions are held constant.

Changes in values of pension schemes’ liabilities before tax as at 31 December 2020
0.1% change in discount rate
0.1% change in inflation rate
Change in life expectancy by one year on average

UK scheme
£6.4m
£3.0m
£19.6m

USA schemes
£0.1m
n/a
£0.5m

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

79

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

24.  Employee benefits continued
Categories of assets and funded status
The fair values of scheme assets were as follows:

UK equities
Overseas equities
Bonds – index linked gilts
Bonds – other
Properties – funds
Properties – directly owned
Absolute return funds
Other
Total fair (bid) value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligations
Defined benefit asset/(liability)

UK (Company)
2020 
£m
1.3
47.4
136.8
64.2
35.5
2.2
120.4
33.1
440.9
426.9
14.0

2019 
£m
1.5
74.6
90.1
64.5
40.0
2.2
116.6
34.1
423.6
(403.2)
20.4

USA

Group

2020 
£m
–
3.1
–
6.4
0.6
–
–
–
10.1
13.1
(3.0)

2019 
£m
–
3.9
–
5.9
0.6
–
–
–
10.4
(13.5)
(3.1)

2020 
£m
1.3
50.5
136.8
70.6
36.1
2.2
120.4
33.1
451.0
440.0
11.0

All equities, bonds, property funds and absolute return funds have quoted prices in active markets. Directly owned properties are subject to an 
independent valuation.

Disclosed defined benefit pension income/expense for financial year
A)  Components of defined benefit pension income/expense
Net defined benefit pension expense recognised in the consolidated income statement comprises:

Past service costs/(gains)
Interest expense/(income)
Administration costs
(Income)/expense recognised in 
income statement

UK (Company)
2020 
£m
0.2
(0.4)
0.8

0.6

2019 
£m
–
(0.6)
0.9

0.3

USA

Group

2020 
£m
–
0.1
0.1

0.2

2019 
£m
(1.1)
0.2
0.3

(0.6)

2020 
£m
0.2
(0.3)
0.9

0.8

2019 
£m
1.5
78.5
90.1
70.4
40.6
2.2
116.6
34.1
434.0
(416.7)
17.3

2019 
£m
(1.1)
(0.4)
1.2

(0.3)

Past service costs of £0.2m have been recognised in respect of the November 2020 ruling in relation to GMP equalisation.

The Group and the US pension scheme undertook an exercise during 2019 to provide a number of options to the members of the US pension scheme. This 
resulted in a past service gain on settlement of £1.1m.

B)  Statements of comprehensive income (“SOCI”)
The actuarial losses recognised in the SOCI in respect of pensions were £8.8m (2019: losses of £0.3m), comprising actuarial losses of £8.5m (2019: losses of 
£1.8m) for the UK defined benefit pension scheme and actuarial losses of £0.3m (2019: gains of £1.5m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.

Actual return on scheme assets
The actual return on scheme assets were gains of £36.4m (2019: £47.2m), comprising gains of £35.4m (2019: £43.9m) for the UK defined benefit pension scheme 
and gains of £1.0m (2019: gains of £3.3m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Notes to the accounts continued

80

24.  Employee benefits continued
Reconciliation of the present value of defined benefit obligations

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Present value of defined benefit 
obligations at 1 January
Past service cost/(gains)
Interest cost
Actuarial losses/(gains)
– changes in demographic assumptions
– changes in financial assumptions
– experience
Benefit payments
Retranslation
Present value of defined benefit 
obligations at 31 December

UK (Company)
2020 
£m

403.2
0.2
7.5

0.9
38.5
(3.4)
(20.0)
–

2019 
£m

377.7
–
9.9

(5.4)
46.4
(5.8)
(19.6)
–

426.9

403.2

USA

2020 
£m

13.5
–
0.4

–
0.9
–
(1.2)
(0.5)

13.1

2019 
£m

22.5
(1.1)
0.9

–
1.0
–
(9.1)
(0.7)

13.5

Group

2020 
£m

416.7
0.2
7.9

0.9
39.4
(3.4)
(21.2)
(0.5)

440.0

At 31 December 2020, the pensioner population accounted for 54% (2019: 57%) of the UK scheme’s obligations and 87% (2019: 88%) of the USA 
schemes’ obligations.

Reconciliation of the fair value of scheme assets

Fair value of scheme assets at 1 January
Interest income
Actuarial gains/(losses)
– return on scheme assets
Company contributions
Administration expenses
Benefit payments
Retranslation
Fair value of scheme assets at 
31 December

UK (Company)
2020 
£m
423.6
7.9

27.5
2.7
(0.8)
(20.0)
0.0

2019 
£m
398.2
10.5

33.4
2.0
(0.9)
(19.6)
–

440.9

423.6

USA

Group

2020 
£m
10.4
0.3

0.7
0.3
(0.1)
(1.2)
(0.3)

10.1

2019 
£m
16.3
0.6

2.5
0.9
(0.3)
(9.1)
(0.5)

10.4

2020 
£m
434.0
8.2

28.2
3.0
(0.9)
(21.2)
(0.3)

451.0

434.0

2019 
£m

400.2
(1.1)
10.8

(5.4)
47.4
(5.8)
(28.7)
(0.7)

416.7

2019 
£m
414.5
11.1

35.9
2.9
(1.2)
(28.7)
(0.5)

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
USA

Group

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

81

24.  Employee benefits continued
Experience gains and losses for the year

Fair value of scheme assets
Defined benefit obligations
Net asset/(liability)

UK (Company)
2020 
£m
440.9
(426.9)
14.0

Actuarial gains/(losses) on scheme assets
Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit 
obligations
Net gain/(loss) recognised in the SOCI 
during the year

27.5

(36.0)

(8.5)

2019 
£m
423.6
(403.2)
20.4

33.4

(35.2)

(1.8)

2020 
£m
10.1
(13.1)
(3.0)

0.7

(1.0)

(0.3)

2019 
£m
10.4
(13.5)
(3.1)

2.5

(1.0)

1.5

Movements in the net liability/asset of defined benefit pension schemes recognised in the Statements of financial position

Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits 
at 1 January
Expense recognised in the income 
statement (see below)
Company contributions
Actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in the 
SOCI 
Retranslation
Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits 
at 31 December

UK (Company)
2020 
£m

20.4

(0.6)
2.7

(8.5)
0.0

14.0

2019 
£m

20.5

(0.3)
2.0

(1.8)
–

20.4

USA

2020 
£m

(3.1)

(0.2)
0.3

(0.3)
0.3

(3.0)

2019 
£m

(6.2)

0.5
0.9

1.5
0.2

(3.1)

2020 
£m
451.0
440.0
11.0

28.2

(37.0)

(8.8)

Group

2020 
£m

17.3

(0.8)
3.0

(8.8)
0.3

11.0

2019 
£m
434.0
(416.7)
17.3

35.9

(36.2)

(0.3)

2019 
£m

14.3

0.2
2.9

(0.3)
0.2

17.3

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

At the end of the life of the UK defined benefit pension scheme the Company has an unconditional right to a refund and any such refund would be paid out only on 
a net of tax basis.

Defined benefit pension schemes income/expense recognised in the consolidated income statement
The income/expense is recognised in the following line items in the consolidated income statement:

Administrative expenses
Financial expense/(income)
Net pension expense/(income)

UK (Company)
2020 
£m
1.0
(0.4)
0.6

2019 
£m
0.9
(0.6)
0.3

USA

2020 
£m
0.1
0.1
0.2

2019 
£m
(0.8)
0.2
(0.6)

Group

2020 
£m
1.1
(0.3)
0.8

2019 
£m
0.1
(0.4)
(0.3)

The net pension expense/(income) is included in non-underlying items.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

82

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

24.  Employee benefits continued
Share-based payments
The Company currently operates a deferred share plan. Own shares are held in trust and granted to plan participants when certain conditions are met. Further 
details of the Deferred share plan, including the performance conditions and vesting periods, are in the Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on 
page 31 and in this note.

The share awards that were subject to conditional grants during the year were:

8 June 2017
13 March 2018
1 May 2019

At 1 January  

2020
113,800
75,250
68,816
257,866

Granted
–
–
–
–

Lapsed
–
(1,816)
–
(1,816)

Exercised
(113,800)
–
–
(113,800)

At 31 December 
2020
–
73,434
68,816
142,250

Granting of all conditional awards and the exercise of such awards are at nil cost to the participant. The share-based compensation charge for the year amounted 
to £0.1m (2019: £0.1m).

The fair value of the conditional awards made under the Deferred share plan has been based on the market price of the Company’s shares at the date of grant, 
reduced by the assumptions made (for the purposes of this exercise) in respect of the present value of dividends expected to be paid (at the time of grant) during 
the vesting period. The fair value of each conditional award is as follows:

Date of award
8 June 2017
13 March 2018
1 May 2019

Fair value  
per share
74.0p
178.9p
134.7p

The company also introduced a Long Term incentive plan (“LTIP”) for certain members of its senior management during 2019. The key terms of this are set out in 
the Remuneration Committee report on page 32 and were unchanged throughout the year. No additional incentives were issued in 2020.

The total number of shares conditionally granted under the LTIP was 555,000, at a market value of £1.66 per share, at the date of grant on 13 June 2019 and 
remained outstanding at the year end. The awards are expected to vest in full, as current and anticipated future performance is in excess of the upper targets set 
by the scheme. An expense of £0.3m has been recognised during the year (2019: £0.3m) within administration costs. No shares were forfeited, exercised, expired 
or exercisable during the period.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
25.  Capital and reserves
Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 25p each

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

83

2020 
£m
5.0

2019 
£m
5.0

There were 20,171,540 (2019: 20,171,540) ordinary shares in issue at the year end. The holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings 
of the Company and to receive dividends as declared from time to time. At the year end, an employee trust held 277,402 of the ordinary shares and it has agreed to 
waive all dividends and not to exercise voting rights in respect of these shares. The Company also has in issue 900,000 6% fixed cumulative preference shares of 
£1 each (see note 20); these are classified as borrowings.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve records the historical repurchase of the Company’s own shares.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged 
transactions that have not yet occurred.

Investment in own shares
Included within retained earnings is the carrying value of own shares held in trust for the benefit of employees. These shares are used to service the obligations 
of the Company’s Deferred share plan. Further details of the Deferred share plan can be found in the Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on page 31 
and on page 82 in note 24.

At 31 December 2020, the employee trust held 277,402 (2019: 337,716)] ordinary shares of 25p each, representing 1.4% of the issued shares (2019: 1.7%), 142,250 of 
which were subject to conditional grants. The shares held by the trust were purchased at an aggregate cost of £0.4m (2019: £0.4m). The trust purchased 53,486 
additional shares in the year at a cost of £0.2m (2019: £0.1m).

Included within retained earnings is the charge of £0.4m (2019: £0.3m) in respect of the LTIP, as disclosed in the Remuneration report on page 32.

The market value of the shares held by the trust at 31 December 2020 was £1.2m (2019: £0.7m).

Dividends

Dividends to shareholders paid in the period:

2020 
£m
–

2019 
£m
–

Having considered the trading results for 2020 and the opportunities for investment in the growth of the Group, together with the continued uncertainty 
surrounding the impact of the pandemic, the Board has decided that it is not appropriate to pay a final dividend. No interim dividend was paid in 2020. Future 
dividend payments will be considered by the Board in the context of 2021 trading performance and when the Board believes it is prudent to do so.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

84

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management
The Group has exposure to credit, liquidity and market risks from its use of financial instruments.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

These risks are regularly considered and the impact of these risks on the Group, and how to mitigate them, assessed. The Board of Directors is responsible for the 
Group’s system of internal controls and has established risk management policies to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits 
and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. The Audit Committee assists the Board in the discharge of its duty in relation to the maintenance of 
proper internal controls. Further details regarding the Audit Committee can be found in its report on pages 28 to 29.

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Derivative instruments measured at fair value through income statement
Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Fair value through income statement
Amortised cost

Group

2020 
£m

2019 - Restated 
£m

Company

2020 
£m

0.6
–
29.8
30.4

0.1
3.5
22.9
26.5

0.3
–
35.3
35.6

–
2.6
19.5
22.1

–
0.7
17.7
18.4

0.7
2.4
38.3
41.4

2019 
£m

–
0.4
9.6
10.0

–
2.6
26.4
29.0

Amortised cost comprises interest-bearing loans and borrowings and trade and other payables, excluding foreign currency derivatives.

IFRS 7 Financial instruments: disclosures for financial instruments that are measured in the Statements of financial position at fair value requires disclosure of fair 
value measurements in the form of a three level fair value hierarchy, by class, for all financial instruments recognised at fair value. The Group uses the following 
hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1:  quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 

(i.e. derived from prices); and

Level 3:  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

At 1 January 2020 and 31 December 2020, the Group held all financial instruments at Level 2, apart from the contingent consideration, details of which are set out 
in Note 30.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises 
principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and cash held at financial institutions. In addition, for the Company, a credit risk exists in respect of 
amounts owed by Group undertakings.

Trade receivables and contract assets
The Group ensures that the provision of credit to customers is adequately managed by each individual business in order that the risk of non-payment or delayed 
payment is minimised. The Group’s exposure to risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer, the industry and country in which 
customers operate. The Group has a diversified base of customers. In certain years, sales to a customer may be more than 5%, although the sales would typically 
be both original equipment and service, and to a number of different geographic regions.

The Group has written credit control policies which cover procedures for accepting new customers, setting credit limits, dealing with overdue amounts and 
delinquent payers.

An impairment loss provision against trade receivables is created where it is anticipated that the value of trade receivables is not fully recoverable. No impairments 
due to credit losses on contract assets have ever been experienced and none are predicted.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
26.  Financial risk management continued
Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk for the Group and the Company at 
31 December was:

Trade receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other receivables
Foreign currency derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Company

2020 
£m
13.4
–
0.9
0.6
15.5
30.4

2019 
£m
16.1
–
0.4
0.3
18.9
35.7

2020 
£m
–
14.2
0.1
0.7
3.4
18.4

2019 
£m
–
0.5
0.2
0.4
8.9
10.0

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

85

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant 
financing component. In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on an individual basis as the risk depends upon the 
circumstances of the receivable, including the financial strength of the counterparty and the terms of the contract. They have been grouped based on the days 
past due.

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Failure to make payments within 180 days from the 
invoice date and failure to engage with the Group on alternative payment arrangements, amongst others, are considered indicators of no reasonable expectation 
of recovery.

Impairment loss provisions
The ageing of trade receivables and the impairment loss provisions for the Group at 31 December were:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Group
Not past due
Past due up to 30 days
Past due 31–60 days
Past due 61–90 days
Past due more than 91 days

2020
Impairment 
loss provisions 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Gross 
£m
7.4
3.7
1.2
0.6
0.5
13.4

Total 
£m
7.4
3.7
1.2
0.6
0.5
13.4

2019
Impairment 
loss provisions 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Gross 
£m
11.8
2.0
0.3
1.6
0.3
16.0

Total 
£m
11.8
2.0
0.3
1.6
0.3
16.0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

86

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to hold cash 
and cash equivalents and maintain undrawn committed facilities at a level sufficient to ensure that the Group has available funds to meet its liabilities as they 
become due. Further details of the Group’s treasury policies can be found in the Financial review on pages 15 to 17.

Contractual maturities of non-derivative financial liabilities
The non-derivative financial liabilities for the Group and the Company at 31 December were:

Current liabilities:
Trade and other payables (excluding derivatives)
Non-current liabilities:
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Group

2020 
£m

2019 - Restated 
£m

22.0

0.9

18.5

0.9

Company

2020 
£m

37.4

0.9

2019 
£m

25.5

0.9

The maturities of the interest-bearing loans and borrowings are disclosed in note 20.

Trade and other payables shown as current liabilities are expected to mature within six months of the statement of financial position date.

The contractual maturities of forward foreign exchange contracts that the Group and Company had committed at 31 December are shown in the Foreign currency 
risk section in this note.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings 
of financial instruments. Exposure to interest rate and currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group’s business. The Group does not trade in financial 
instruments and enters into derivatives (principally forward foreign exchange contracts) solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposure on sales or 
purchases in other than the functional currencies of its various operations.

The Group’s treasury policies are explained in the Financial review on pages 15 to 17.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

87

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

26.  Financial risk management continued
Interest rate risk
Cash and cash equivalents
The cash profile at 31 December was:

Group
Currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar
US dollar
Euro

Company
Currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar
US dollar
Euro

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2020

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

5.4
3.2
4.1
2.8
15.5

–
–
–
–
–

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2020

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

3.2
0.2
–
–
3.4

–
–
–
–
–

Total 
£m

5.4
3.2
4.1
2.8
15.5

Total 
£m

3.2
0.2
–
–
3.4

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2019

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

11.2
2.4
1.0
4.3
18.9

–
–
–
–
–

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2019

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

8.6
0.1
0.1
0.1
8.9

–
–
–
–
–

All cash surplus to immediate operational requirements is placed on deposit at floating rates of interest.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
The profile of interest-bearing loans and borrowings at 31 December was:

Group and Company
Currency:
Sterling

Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m

2020

Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m

–
–

0.9
0.9

Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m

2019

Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m

–
–

0.9
0.9

Total 
£m

0.9
0.9

Total 
£m

11.2
2.4
1.0
4.3
18.9

Total 
£m

8.6
0.1
0.1
0.1
8.9

Total 
£m

0.9
0.9

The borrowings at fixed rates in sterling are the fixed cumulative preference shares which are explained in more detail in note 20.

Sensitivity to interest rate risk
If interest rates had been 100 basis points higher/lower throughout the period, net financial income (excluding on pension scheme balances) for the Group 
would have increased/decreased by £0.1m (2019: £0.1m). This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant and 
considers the effect of financial instruments with variable interest rates. The analysis is performed on the same basis as for the year ended 31 December 2019.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

88

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Foreign currency risk
The majority of the Group’s operations are outside of the UK, and therefore a significant portion of its business is conducted overseas in currencies other than 
sterling. As explained on page 19, foreign currency risk is one of the principal risks and uncertainties to which the Group is exposed. The Group is exposed to both 
transaction and translation risk.

Transactions in foreign currency are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies at the statement of financial position date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising 
on translation are recognised in the income statement.

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for the period.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the statement of financial position date and foreign exchange 
differences are taken directly to the translation reserve.

The following exchange rates (relative to sterling), which are significant to the Group, applied during the period:

US dollar
Canadian dollar
Euro

Average rate
2020
1.29
1.72
1.13

2019
1.28
1.69
1.14

Closing rate
2020
1.37
1.74
1.12

2019
1.32
1.72
1.18

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposures on sale and purchase transactions. The Group 
classifies its forward foreign exchange contracts used for hedging as cash flow hedges and states them at fair value.

Fair values
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December was:

Cash flow hedges
Gain
Loss

Group

2020 
£m
0.8
–
0.8

2019 
£m
0.3
–
0.3

Company

2020 
£m
–
–
–

2019 
£m
–
–
–

The fair value is the gain/loss on all open forward foreign exchange contracts at the period end. These amounts are based on the market values of equivalent 
instruments at the period end date and all relate to those forward foreign exchange contracts that have been designated as effective cash flow hedges under 
IFRS 9 Financial instruments: recognition and measurement.

There were no open forward foreign exchange contracts, as at either 31 December 2020 or 2019, that had been designated as fair value hedges under IFRS 9 
Financial instruments: recognition and measurement.

During the period, a credit of £0.5m for the Group (2019: £1.1m credit) and £nil for the Company (2019: £0.1m credit) was recognised in the statements of 
comprehensive income in respect of cash flow hedges.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

89

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

26.  Financial risk management continued
Contractual maturity date and future cash flows
The contractual maturity date and period when cash flows are expected to occur in relation to open forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December were:

Group
Outflow
Inflow

Company
Outflow
Inflow

Less than  
6 months  

£m
(5.6)
13.5
7.9

Less than  
6 months  

£m
–
–
–

2020

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
(1.6)
5.4
3.8

2020

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Less than  
6 months  

£m
(1.9)
11.4
9.5

Less than  
6 months  

£m
–
–
–

2019

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
(0.5)
3.6
3.1

2019

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
0.3
0.3

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Total 
£m
(7.2)
18.9
11.7

Total 
£m
–
–
–

The following movements in the cash flow hedge reserve relate to the hedges relating to cash flows from foreign currency trade receivables.

Group
Opening balance 1 January 2020 
Change in fair value of hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) 
Reclassified from OCI to profit or loss
Closing balance at 31 December 2020

Total 
£m
(2.4)
15.3
12.9

Total 
£m
–
–
–

2020 
£m
0.3
0.8
(0.3)
0.8

No ineffectiveness arose during 2020. The hedging instrument refers to the forward contracts in their entirety, with hedging on a forward to forward basis.

The effect of hedge accounting on the Group’s financial position and performance is as follows, including the outline timing and profile of the hedging instruments:

Group
Carrying amount 
Notional amount
US dollar to Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar to euro
GBP to euro
Hedge ratio

Average forward rates
US dollar to Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar to euro
Change in the fair value of the currency forward (excluding amounts reclassified) 
Change in the fair value of the hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness
Amounts in the cash flow hedge reserve 

No other currency pairs at 31 December 2020 or during the year had a material value to the Group.

2020
GBP£0.6m

CA$32.9m
€7.3m
€0.4m
1:1

1US$:1.3235CA$
1CA$:0.641€
£0.8m
£0.8m
£0.8m

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

90

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Currency profile
The currency profiles at 31 December of cash and cash equivalents and interest-bearing loans and borrowings are shown within the interest rate risk section in 
this note.

The main functional currency of the Group is sterling. The following analysis of financial assets and liabilities (excluding net funds/debt) shows the Group and 
Company exposure after the effects of forward foreign exchange contracts used to manage currency exposure.

The amounts shown represent the transactional exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses which are recognised in the consolidated income 
statement. Such exposures represent the financial assets and liabilities of the Group and the Company that are not denominated in the functional currency of the 
business involved.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Group
Functional currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar
Euro

Company
Functional currency:
Sterling

2020

2019

US dollar 
£m

0.1
2.0
0.1
2.2

US dollar 
£m

11.0

Euro 
£m

0.1
–
–
0.1

Euro 
£m

–

2020

Total 
£m

0.2
2.0
0.1
2.3

Total 
£m

11.0

US dollar 
£m

–
2.5
0.3
2.8

US dollar 
£m

–

Euro 
£m

0.2
0.6
–
0.8

Euro 
£m

–

2019

Total 
£m

0.2
3.1
0.3
3.6

Total 
£m

–

Sensitivity to foreign currency risk
Average exchange rates are used to translate the profits of foreign operations in the consolidated income statement. If sterling had been 10% stronger against 
all foreign currencies during the year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to translate profits would have decreased Group profit for the year 
by £0.4m (2019: £0.4m). If sterling had been 10% weaker against all foreign currencies during the year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to 
translate profits would have increased Group profit for the year by £0.5m (2019: £0.5m).

If sterling had been 10% stronger against all foreign currencies at 31 December 2020, Group equity would have increased by £1.1m (2019: £0.2m increase). 
Conversely, if sterling had been 10% weaker against all foreign currencies at 31 December 20, Group equity would have decreased by £1.3m (2019: £0.2m 
decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

Fair values
The fair value of borrowings at fixed rates for both the Group and the Company at 31 December 2020 is £0.8m (2019: £0.8m) and has been calculated by 
discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates.

There are no other significant differences between book and fair values for any of the other financial assets or liabilities included in either the Group or Company 
statement of financial position.

Capital management
Capital comprises total equity as shown in the statements of financial position. The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, 
creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it 
in light of the economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders or issue new shares.

The Group monitors capital through measures of earnings per share (see note 11), return on capital employed (profit for the period divided by average equity) and 
tangible net worth (total equity before intangible assets and employee benefits, net of tax). There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management 
during the year and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
27.  Leases
The right-of-use assets held at the balance sheet date relates to the following asset types:

Properties 
Plant and machinery
Vehicles
Total right-of-use assets

The additions to the right-of-use assets in the year were: 

Properties 
Plant and machinery
Vehicles
Total right-of-use asset additions

The 'cost' of the assets (the value at which they were originally recognised) is:

Properties 
Plant and machinery
Vehicles
Total undiscounted payments due under leases

The undiscounted payments under the leases fall due as follows:

Up to one year
One to five years
Over five years
Total undiscounted payments due under leases

The consolidated income statement includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Amortisation of right-of-use assets – buildings

– plant, machinery and vehicles

Interest expense
Total cash outflow in respect of leases

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

91

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

31 December 
2020 
£m
3.7
0.1
0.2
4.0

31 December 
2020 
£m
–
0.1
0.2
0.3

31 December 
2020 
£m
5.1
0.1
0.6
5.8

31 December 
2020 
£m
0.9
2.6
1.1
4.6

31 December 
2019 
£m
4.4
0.1
0.2
4.7

31 December 
2019 
£m
1.6
0.1
0.2
1.9

31 December 
2019 
£m
5.0
0.1
0.4
5.5

31 December 
2019 
£m
0.9
2.9
1.6
5.4

31 December 
2020 
£m

31 December 
2019 
£m

0.7
0.2
0.1
1.0

0.7
0.2
0.1
1.0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

92

Notes to the accounts continued

27.  Leases continued 

The Group initially adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019. The effect of initially applying this standard is to increase both the assets and liabilities of the 
Group through the recognition on the balance sheet of the operating leases in respect of rented properties and vehicles.

The company was not a party to any operating leases during the period.

IFRS 16 Adoption 1 January 2019
Adjustments recognised on adoption of IFRS 16
On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as ‘operating leases’ under the principles of 
IAS 17 Leases. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as 
of 1 January 2019. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 1 January 2019 was 2.5%.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 December 2018 
Discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate of at the date of initial application 
Less short-term and low-value leases recognised on a straight-line basis as expense
Lease liability recognised as at 1 January 2019

Of which are:
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
Lease liability recognised as at 1 January 2019

£m
4.2
(0.3)
(0.1)
3.8

0.7
3.1
3.8

At the date of acquisition, Lambert held £1.8m of right-of-use assets, consisting of £1.6m of land and buildings and £0.2m of vehicles, with the remainder of the 
additions in the year totalling £0.1m.

The associated right-of-use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments 
relating to that lease recognised in the balance sheet as at 1 January 2019. There were no onerous lease contracts that would have required an adjustment to the 
right-of-use assets at the date of initial application.

The change in accounting policy affected the following items in the balance sheet on 1 January 2019:

Right-of-use assets
Lease liabilities
Net impact upon retained earnings 

31 December 
2019 
£m
3.8
(3.8)
–

The introduction of IFRS 16 did not have an impact upon the Group’s recognised deferred tax balances.

Impact on segment disclosures and earnings per share
Adjusted EBITDA, segment assets and segment liabilities for 31 December 2019 all increased as a result of the change in accounting policy. Lease liabilities are 
now included in segment liabilities. The impact on the segments affected by the change in policy are:

Group
Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Total 

Earnings per share was unchanged for the year to 31 December 2019 as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16.

Adjusted  
EBITDA  

£m
0.3
0.6
–
0.9

Segment  
assets 
£m
1.7
3.0
–
4.7

Segment  
liabilities  

£m
(1.7)
(3.1)
–
(4.8)

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
27.  Leases continued
Practical expedients applied
In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Group used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

  the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;

  reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous;

  the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 January 2019 as short-term leases;

  the accounting for low-value leases as operating costs;

  the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application: and

  the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

The Group has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the 
transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

93

28.  Capital commitments

Capital investment contracted but not provided for

29.  Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities in respect of guarantees and indemnities 
related to sales and other contracts

30.  Business combinations and deferred consideration 

Group

2020 
£m
0.1

Group

2020 
£m

1.9

2019 
£m
0.1

2019 
£m

2.3

Company

2020 
£m
–

Company

2020 
£m

1.9

2019 
£m
–

2019 
£m

2.3

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

2020
On 9 September 2020 Mpac acquired the entire issued share capital of Switchback Group Inc. ("Switchback"), a provider of technology leading packaging 
equipment to the food and beverage and consumer healthcare sectors, for an initial consideration of US$13.3m (£10.2m) (subject to adjustment for working capital 
movements, which have been settled in 2021 at US$0.3m (£0.2m)) with a further US$2.0m (£1.6m) subject to Switchback achieving certain earn-out criteria, which 
the Group anticipates will be met in full. It is expected that the acquisition will be immediately earnings enhancing.

Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Purchase consideration
Cash paid on acquisition
Working capital adjustment (paid in 2021)
Contingent consideration (see below)
Total purchase consideration

£m
10.2
0.2
1.1
11.5

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Notes to the accounts continued

94

30.  Business combination (continued)
The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Cash and cash equivalents
Property, plant and equipment
Brand

Customer relationships
Machine designs
Order backlog
Inventories
Receivables
Contract assets
Payables
Contract liabilities
Deferred tax on intangible assets
Net identifiable assets acquired 
Add: goodwill

Provisional  
fair value 
£m
0.4
0.1
0.6

0.7
1.1
0.2
0.4
1.4
0.3
(0.3)
(0.8)
(0.5)
3.6
7.9
11.5

The goodwill is attributable to Switchback's strong position and profitability in the healthcare and food and beverage sectors, particularly within brewing, expected 
to arise after the Group’s acquisition of the new subsidiary. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amortisation of the acquired intangible assets in the period in relation to Switchback totalled £0.3m and is included in non-underlying items in the 
income statement.

Acquisition-related costs
Acquisition-related costs of £0.4m are included in administrative expenses in non-underlying items in the income statement.

Contingent consideration
The contingent consideration arrangement requires the Group to pay the former owners of Switchback up to US$1m (£0.7m) in each of the next two years, with a 
minimum payment of US$0.5m if Switchback's annual adjusted EBITDA is at least $1.1m and 50% of the excess over US$1.1m, up to $2.1m.

There is no minimum amount payable.

The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of £1.1m was estimated by calculating the present value of the future expected cash flows. The Group’s 
forecasts identify that the maximum deferred consideration will be payable. Under IFRS 3, the Company is required to discount the contingent consideration at a 
rate reflective of the risk of the amounts not falling due. This results in a discount to the total amount of £0.1m, which is expected to be amortised over the period 
to which the amounts fall due through the interest charge. The interest during the period was £nil. The deferred consideration payable to ongoing employees of 
Switchback is £0.3m, which is treated as additional remuneration and not included in the valuation of deferred consideration under IFRS3.

Acquired receivables
The fair value of trade and other receivables is £1.4m and includes trade receivables with a fair value of £1.4m. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables 
due is £1.4m which is expected to be collectible in full.

Revenue and profit contribution
The acquired business contributed revenues of £3.3m and net profit of £0.6m to the Group for the period from 9 September 2020 to 31 December 2020. If the 
acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2020, consolidated revenue and consolidated profit after tax for the year ended 31 December 2020 would have been £91.3m 
and £4.4m respectively.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
30.  Business combination (continued)
Purchase consideration – cash flows
The outflow of cash to acquire Switchback, net of cash acquired, is as follows:

Cash consideration
Less: cash acquired
Net outflow of cash – included in investing activities

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

95

2020 
£m
10.2
(0.4)
9.8

Business combination – 2019
On 1 May 2019, Mpac acquired the entire issued share capital of Lambert Automation Limited (“Lambert”), a provider of technology leading automation solutions 
to the medical and consumer healthcare sectors, for an initial consideration of £15m (subject to adjustment for working capital movements) with a further £3.0m 
subject to Lambert achieving certain earn-out criteria and tax recoveries, which the Group anticipates will be met in full. 

Contingent consideration
The contingent consideration arrangement requires the Group to pay the former owners of Lambert five times the average EBITDA of Lambert in excess of £2.5m 
for three years ending 31 December 2021, up to a maximum payment of £2.5m, anticipated to be settled in the first half of 2022. There is no minimum amount 
payable.

A further £0.5m of consideration is contingent upon certain tax receipts from HMRC. This balance has been settled in 2020.

The fair value of the remaining contingent consideration arrangement of £2.3m was estimated by calculating the present value of the future expected cash 
flows. The Group’s forecasts identify that the maximum deferred consideration will be payable. Under IFRS 3, the Company is required to discount the contingent 
consideration at a rate reflective of the risk of the amounts not falling due. This results in a remaining discount to the total amount of £0.2m, which is expected to 
be amortised over the period to which the amounts fall due through the interest charge. The interest during the period was £0.1m.

Revenue and profit contribution
The acquired business contributed revenues of £16.5m and net profit of £2.3m to the Group for the period from 1 May 2019 to 31 December 2019. If the acquisition 
had occurred on 1 January 2019, consolidated revenue and consolidated profit after tax for the year ended 31 December 2019 would have been £96.9m and 
£6.8m respectively.

31.  Discontinued operations (Company only)
The trade and certain assets of the Company’s business based in Coventry were transferred to Mpac Lambert Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary, on 31 December 
2019. This results in the Company identifying this internal reorganisation as a disposal at that date, although this has no impact upon the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements.

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s Coventry operation were transferred to the subsidiary at net book value and the value settled via inter-company 
indebtedness.

No details on the profit or loss of the operations transferred is presented as the Company has taken advantage of the option not to publish an income statement.

The consideration received is as follows:

Consideration received or receivable:
– Inter-Company debt
Carrying value of net assets transferred
Gain on disposal before tax and translation reserve reclassification
Income tax on gain
Reclassification of foreign currency translation reserve
Gain on sale after income tax

2019 
£m

1.4
(1.4)
–
–
–
–

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

96

Notes to the accounts continued

The carrying value of the assets and liabilities as at the date of transfer were:

Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Inventories 
Contract assets
Cash at bank
Total assets
Trade and other creditors
Intergroup balances
Provisions
Net assets

2019 
£m
0.5
1.5
0.4
0.1
0.6
3.1
(1.2)
(0.3)
(0.2)
1.4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The employee benefit obligations within the Company were unaffected by this transfer.

32.  Related parties
Transactions with key management personnel
The compensation of key management personnel is disclosed in the Remuneration report on pages 30 to 35.

Identity of related parties
The Company has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (see note 33), Directors and the UK and USA defined benefit pension schemes. In the course of 
normal operations, related party transactions entered into by the Group have been contracted on an arm’s-length basis.

Details regarding transactions involving the Directors and their remuneration can be found in the Remuneration report on pages 31 to 33.

The Group recharges the UK defined benefit pension scheme with the costs of administration incurred by the Group. The total amount recharged in the year to 
31 December 2020 was £0.2m (2019: £0.3m).

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
33.  Group entities
All intra-group related party transactions and outstanding balances are eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group and 
therefore in accordance with IAS 24 Related party disclosures are not disclosed.

Subsidiary undertakings
Details of all subsidiary undertakings are shown below. Principal subsidiary undertakings are shown on page 108. Subsidiary undertakings are, unless otherwise 
shown in brackets below, registered in England and Wales. Unless otherwise specified below, all subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

97

Principal subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada
Edisonstraat 14, 6604 BV Wijchen, The Netherlands
8 Burn Road, #09-01 Trivex, Singapore 369977
Station Estate, Tadcaster, North Yorkshire, LS24 9SG
3778 Timberlake Drive, Richfield, OH 44286, USA
Subsidiary undertakings registered at Mpac Group plc registered office
Arista Laboratories Europe Limited
Hartsvale Limited
Mpac Corporate Services Limited
Mpac ITCM Limited
Overseas subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada

Subsidiary undertakings
Mpac Langen, Inc. (Canada)
Mpac Langen B.V. (Netherlands)
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd (Singapore)
Mpac Lambert Limited (UK)
Mpac Switchback Inc. (USA)

Mpac Machine Company Limited
Mpac Machinery Limited
Mpac Overseas Holdings Limited
Mpac Tobacco Machinery Limited

Subsidiary undertakings
1456074 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
928142 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
Mpac Corporation (USA)
ITCM North America, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Delaware, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Laboratories, Inc. (USA)
SASIB Corporation of America (USA)
Mpac Machine Company, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Richmond, Inc. (USA)

Molmac Engineering Limited
Thrissell Limited
Mpac Group Holdings Limited

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Company received interest income from subsidiary undertakings of £nil (2019: £0.1m), management fees of £1.7m 
(2019: £1.3m) and brand fees of £2.7m (2019: £2.4m).

At 31 December 2020, amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company were £14.2m (2019: £2.2m) and amounts owed by the Company to subsidiary 
undertakings were £34.3m (2019: £22.9m). The amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company are stated after a provision of £12.2m (2019: £11.7m) 
representing amounts owed to the Company which are no longer considered recoverable.

At 31 December 2020, investments in subsidiaries by the Company were £63.8m (2019: £63.8m).

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

98

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

34.  Accounting estimates and judgements
The development, selection and disclosure of the Group’s critical accounting policies and estimates, and the application of these policies and estimates, are 
considered as part of the remit of the Audit Committee.

Estimates and judgements
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future 
years affected. The areas involving significant risk resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year 
are as follows:

Pension accounting
Changes to key assumptions used for calculating the net pension asset/liability of the Group can have a significant impact on the accounting valuation of the 
Group’s defined benefit pension schemes. The key assumptions used in calculating the net pension asset/liability for the Group are disclosed in note 24. The value 
of the schemes’ liabilities is particularly sensitive to the discount, inflation and mortality rates used. An analysis of the impact on the net pension asset/liability to 
changes in these assumptions is also disclosed in note 24.

Deferred tax
Management have recognised a deferred tax asset of £1.8m (2019: £1.7m) based on historic losses which is expected to be utilised over the next year. The 
assessment of this utilisation is based on the Group’s latest budget, which is adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses, along with specific limits to 
the utilisation of the tax credits. Further details of the asset is in note 16.

Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue and gross margin on long-term contracts over time, in accordance with IFRS 15, based upon the total number of hours expected to 
be used on the contract and the number of hours required to complete the contract. Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress 
(and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers innovative, efficient, and 
technically robust solutions, with the time allocated to projects of Mpac engineers and technicians being the main driver to bring projects to fruition. Total expected 
revenue, the number of hours and cost of materials to complete the contract reflect management’s best estimate of the probable future benefits and obligations 
associated with the contract. Obligations on contracts may result in penalties due to late completion of contractual milestones or unanticipated costs due to 
project modifications, unexpected conditions or events. Further detail in respect of revenue recognition is shown in the accounting policies note and note 1.

Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most accurately reflects how 
Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers innovative, efficient, and technically robust solutions, with the time allocated to projects of Mpac engineers 
and technicians being the main driver to bring projects to fruition. Material costs incurred are not considered to be proportionate to the group’s progress in 
satisfying progress on contracts for which revenue is recognised over time and therefore revenue in respect of materials is recognised at an amount equal to the 
cost of good used to satisfy the performance obligation.

Valuation of intangible assets
The fair value of these assets are determined by cost (where this can be objectively measured) or by discounting estimated future net cash flows generated by the 
asset where no active market for the asset exists and where these are acquired as part of a business acquisition. These are assessed based upon management 
forecasts for each acquisition. Key assumptions will vary between acquisitions, but include revenue forecasts, margin assumptions, discount rates, royalty rates 
and customer attrition, with the use of costs where possible, including for the development of machine designs. The valuation of intangibles, especially those 
made in relation to acquisitions (see note 30), can be highly sensitive to these assumptions with any changes having the potential to materially change the 
valuation of the assets acquired.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
35.  Prior period adjustment
Following an internal review of Mpac’s compliance with certain technical details of IFRS 15 and the FRC’s third thematic review of IFRS 15, published 24 September 
2020, the Group has restated certain balances previously reported, in accordance with IAS 8, to align the treatment of contract assets, contract liabilities, contract 
fulfilment assets and work in progress recognised in relation to contracts more closely to the demands of IFRS 15. The Group has not received any communication 
from the FRC on this or any other matter. These balances do not change any of the key metrics used by the Group, with gross profit, operating profit, profit 
before and after tax, earnings per share, net current assets and retained earnings remaining unchanged. These adjustments do not affect the future anticipated 
performance of the Group.

The effect of the adjustments results in a slight timing difference to the recognition of revenue and cost of sales in equal amounts in the income statement. The 
effect in 2019 was reviewed and found to be immaterial (£1.8m) so no restatement of the 2019 income statement has been presented. There is no impact upon 
gross profit or any other key metric as a result of these adjustments in the income statement under any circumstances. 

The adjustments made are:

Detailed account (Statement of 
financial position heading)

Work in progress (Inventories)

Contract assets (Trade & other receivables)
Contract fulfilment asset (Trade & other 
receivables)

Contract liabilities (Trade & other payables)
Prepayments and accrued income (Trade & 
other receivables)
Accruals and deferred income (Trade & other 
payables)
Effect on current assets and statement 
of financial position total

2019 as reported 
£m

5.0

4.7

–

(5.8)

0.5

(8.4)

Adjustment         

£m 

(3.9)

1.7

1.2

(5.9)

3.2

3.7

–

2019 Restated 
£m

2018 as reported 
£m

Adjustment 
£m

1.1

6.4

1.2

(11.7)

3.7

(4.7)

1.7

5.5

–

(11.6)

3.9

(6.5)

(0.9)

(1.2)

1.0

(2.5)

1.8

1.8

–

2018 Restated    

£m

0.8

4.3

1.0

(14.1)

5.7

(4.7)

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

99

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

100

Notes to the accounts continued

35.  Prior period adjustment (continued)
As required by IAS 8, the restated 31 December 2018 statement of financial position for the Group is:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Employee benefits
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contract liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Share premium
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

Original 
2018  
£m

Adjustments 
£m

Restated 
2018 
£m

1.0
4.4
0.8
20.5
1.7
28.4

3.3
16.9
5.5
0.8
27.9
54.4

(14.7)
(11.6)
(0.4)
(1.1)
(27.8)
26.6

55.0

(0.9)
(6.2)
(7.3)
(14.4)
40.6

5.0
26.0
4.2
5.4
40.6

1.0
4.4
0.8
20.5
1.7
28.4

2.4
19.7
4.3
0.8
27.9
55.1

(12.9)
(14.1)
(0.4)
(1.1)
(28.5)
26.6

55.0

(0.9)
(6.2)
(7.3)
(14.4)
40.6

5.0
26.0
4.2
5.4
40.6

–

(0.9)
2.8
(1.2)

0.7

1.8
(2.5)

(0.7)
–

–
–

–

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Five-year record

Revenue
Underlying operating profit/(loss)1
Non-underlying items
Operating profit/(loss)
Net financing expense
Profit/(Loss) before tax
Taxation
Profit/(Loss) for the period from continuing operations
(Loss)/profit for the period from discontinued operations
Profit/(Loss) for the period
Underlying operating return on sales1
Underlying earnings/(loss) per share1
Basic earnings/(loss) per share
Dividends per ordinary share in respect of the year
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment and investment property
Inventories (2018/19 restated)
Trade and other receivables (including taxation) (2018/19 restated)
Employee benefits
Trade and other payables (including taxation and provisions) 
(2018/19 restated)

Cash
Net assets

1.  Before non-underlying items

2020 
£m
83.7
6.5
(3.6)
2.9
–
2.9
0.4
3.3
–
3.3
7.8%
31.4p
16.3p
–
27.4
9.9
3.5
34.8
11.0

(57.7)
28.9
15.5
44.4

2019 
£m
88.8
7.7
(2.4)
5.3
0.1
5.4
0.5
5.9
–
5.9
8.7%
39.5p
29.7p
–
16.3
11.7
3.2
30.2
17.3

(50.1)
28.6
18.9
47.5

2018 
£m
58.3
1.4
(9.0)
(7.6)
0.2
(7.4)
1.4
(6.0)
–
(6.0)
2.4%
4.5p
(30.1)p
–
1.0
5.2
2.4
26.5
14.3

(36.7)
12.7
27.9
40.6

2017 
£m
53.4
1.3
3.3
4.6
(0.3)
4.3
(1.9)
2.4
(0.8)
1.6
2.4%
4.2p
20.6p
–
0.9
4.8
2.4
22.7
11.4

(29.7)
12.5
30.3
42.8

2016 
£m
41.5
(1.2)
(1.7)
(2.9)
(0.2)
(3.1)
0.7
(2.4)
1.8
(0.6)
(3.1)%
(6.0)p
(3.3)p
1.25p
15.2
9.3
13.0
29.3
(2.2)

(30.9)
33.7
1.7
35.4

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

101

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

102

Principal divisions and subsidiaries

The divisions and subsidiary undertakings shown include those which principally affect the profits and net assets of the Group as at the date of this report. 
Overseas companies operate and are incorporated in the countries in which they are based. In all cases, the class of shares held is ordinary equity shares (or 
equivalent) and the proportion held is 100% unless otherwise indicated. Shares in the UK companies are held directly by Mpac Group plc and those in the other 
overseas subsidiaries by intermediate holding companies.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Americas
Mpac Langen, Inc.
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1 
Mississauga 
Ontario L5N 2B8 
Canada

Tel: +1 905 670 7200 
E-mail: info.americas@mpac-group.com

Mpac Switchback Group
3778 Timberlake Drive 
Richmond 
OH 44286 
USA

Tel: +1 330 523 5200 
E-mail: info.switchback@mpac-group.com

Europe, Middle East & Africa
Mpac Langen B.V.
Edisonstraat 14 
6604 BV Wijchen 
The Netherlands

Tel: +31 24 648 6655 
E-mail: info.emea@mpac-group.com

Mpac Lambert Limited
Station Estate 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG 
United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0)1937 832921 
E-mail: sales.emea@mpac-group.com

Asia Pacific
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd
8 Burn Road, 
#09–01 Trivex, 
Singapore 369977

Tel: +65 63 39 96 66 
E-mail: info.asia@mpac-group.com

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the 109th Annual General Meeting (the "Meeting") 
of Mpac Group plc (the Company) will be held at Mpac Lambert, Station Estate, 
Tadcaster, LS24 9SG on Wednesday 5 May 2021 at 12 noon to consider and, 
if thought appropriate, to pass the following resolutions, of which resolutions 
1 to 10 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolutions 11 to 14 will be 
proposed as special resolutions:

Ordinary resolutions 
Report and Accounts
1.  To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 
31 December 2020 together with the Directors’ report and the auditors’ 
report on those annual accounts.

Directors
2.  To re-elect Mrs S A Fowler as a Director.

3.   To re-elect Mr A J Kitchingman as a Director.

4.   To re-elect Mr D G Robertson as a Director.

5.  To re-elect Dr A Steels as a Director.

6.  To re-elect Mr W C Wilkins as a Director.

7.  To approve the Remuneration report, excluding the Remuneration Policy, 
set out on pages 31 to 32 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2020.

Auditors
8.  To appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as auditors of the Company to hold 
office from the conclusion of this Meeting until the conclusion of the 
next AGM at which accounts are laid before the Company.

Remuneration of Auditors
9.  To authorise the Audit Committee to determine the remuneration of 

the auditors.

Directors’ authority to allot shares
10.  To generally and unconditionally authorise the Directors pursuant to and 
in accordance with Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), in 
substitution for all previous authorities to the extent unused, to exercise all 
the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant 
rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in 
the Company:

a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,680,000 (representing 

approximately one third of the total ordinary share capital in issue at 
1 March 2021, being the latest date prior to publication of this 
notice of meeting); and

b)  comprising equity securities (as defined in Section 560 (1) of the Act) 
up to a further aggregate nominal value of £1,680,000 in connection 
with an offer by way of a rights issue, such authorities to expire at 
the conclusion of the 2022 AGM or if earlier, at close of business on 
5 August 2022, save that the Company may before such expiry make 
an offer or agreement which would or might require shares to be 
allotted or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares 
to be granted after the authority ends.

For the purposes of this Resolution, ‘rights issue’ means an offer to:

a)  shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their 

existing holdings; and

b)  holders of other equity securities if this is required by the rights of those 

securities or, if the Directors consider it necessary, as permitted by the 
rights of those securities;

to subscribe for further securities by means of the issue of a renounceable 
letter (or other negotiable document) which may be traded for a period 
before payment for the securities is due, but subject in both cases to such 
exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors consider necessary or 
appropriate in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record 
dates or legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, 
any territory.

Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights
11.  That if resolution 11 is passed, the Board be authorised to allot equity 
securities (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) for cash under the 
authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by 
the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the 
Companies Act 2006 did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such 
authority to be limited:

a)  to allotments for rights issues and other pre-emptive issues; and

b)  to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares 

(otherwise than under paragraph (a) above) up to a nominal amount of 
£252,000, such authority to expire at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM of 
the Company (or, if earlier, at close of business on 5 August 2022) but, in 
each case, prior to its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter 
into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be 
allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires and 
the Board may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

103

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

104

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

d)  the authority hereby conferred shall (unless previously renewed or 

revoked) expire at the end of the 2022 AGM, save that the Company 
may before such expiry make a contract or agreement to make a 
market purchase of its own ordinary shares which will or may be 
executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and the 
Company may purchase such shares as if the authority conferred 
hereby had not expired.

Notice of general meetings
14.  That a general meeting of the Company, other than annual general 
meetings of the Company, may be called on not less than 14 clear 
days’ notice.

By order of the Board

PRISM COSEC LIMITED 
Company Secretary

1 April 2021

Registered in England and Wales No. 
124855

Registered office: 
13 Westwood Way 
Westwood Business Park 
Coventry 
CV4 8HS

12.  That if resolution 11 is passed, the Board be authorised in addition to any 
authority granted under resolution 12 to allot equity securities (as defined 
in the Companies Act 2006) for cash under the authority given by that 
resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury 
shares for cash as if section 561 of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply 
to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be:

a)  limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares 

up to a nominal amount of £252,000; and

b)  used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is 
to be used within six months after the original transaction) a transaction 
which the Board of the Company determines to be an acquisition or 
other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement 
of Principles on Dis-applying Pre-Emption Rights most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice, 
such authority to expire at the end of the next AGM of the Company 
(or, if earlier, at close of business on 5 August 2022) save that, in each 
case, the Company may before such expiry make offers, and enter 
into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be 
allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires and 
the Board may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

Authority to purchase of own shares
13.  That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised for the 

purpose of Section 701 of the Act to make market purchases (as defined in 
Section 693 of the Act) of ordinary shares of 25 pence each in the capital 
of the Company (‘ordinary shares’) provided that:

a)  the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be 

purchased is 3,000,000;

b)  the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for 

such ordinary shares is 25 pence per share, being the nominal amount 
thereof;

c)  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for such 
ordinary shares shall be an amount equal to the higher of: (i) 5% above 
the average of the middle market quotations for such shares taken from 
The London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days 
immediately preceding the day on which the purchase is made; and 
(ii) the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary share and the 
highest current independent bid for an ordinary share as derived from 
the London Stock Exchange Trading System (“SETS”); and

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

105

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Covid-19 and contingencies
Our preference had been to welcome shareholders in person to our 2021 
AGM, particularly given the constraints we faced in 2020 due to the Covid-19 
pandemic. However, at present Government guidelines prohibit shareholders 
from attending the AGM in person. We are therefore proposing to hold the AGM 
with the minimum attendance required to form a quorum. Shareholders will not 
be permitted to attend the AGM in person but can be represented by the Chair 
of the meeting acting as their proxy.

Should Government guidelines change, and shareholders be able to attend the 
AGM in person, we will advise this via the Company’s website, www.mpac-
group.com, and via a Regulatory Information Service.

Notes relating to the notice
The following notes explain your general rights as a shareholder and your 
right to vote at this Meeting or to appoint someone else to vote 
on your behalf.

Entitlement to attend and vote
1.  To be entitled to vote at the Meeting (and for the purpose of the 

determination by the Company of the number of votes they may cast), 
shareholders must be registered in the Register of Members of the 
Company at close of trading on Monday 3 May 2021, or if the meeting is 
adjourned, close of business on the day which is two days’ prior to the 
adjourned meeting. In each case, changes to the Register of Members 
after the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights 
of any person to attend and vote at the Meeting. 

Appointment of proxies
2.  Shareholders are entitled to appoint another person as a proxy to 

exercise all or part of their rights to vote on their behalf at the Meeting. 
A shareholder may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Meeting 
provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to 
a different ordinary share or ordinary shares held by that shareholder. 
A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company. 

3.  In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports 
to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most senior holder 
will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of 
the joint holders appear in the Company’s Register of Members in respect of 
the joint holding (the first named being the most senior).

4.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be 

counted in the calculation of votes for or against the resolution. If no voting 
indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his or her 
discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks 
fit in relation to any other matter which is put before the Meeting.

5.  You can vote either:

  by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the instructions;

  you may request a hard copy form of proxy directly from the registrars, 
Link Asset Services, on Tel: +44 (0)371 664 0391. Calls are charged at 
the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside 
the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. 
Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday, excluding 
public holidays in England and Wales. Alternatively, email Link at 
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk;

  in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic proxy 
appointment service in accordance with the procedures set out below;

  in order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of proxy must be 
completed. In each case, the form of proxy must be received by Link 
Group at 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL 
by 12 noon on Monday 3 May 2021.

6.  If you return more than one proxy appointment, either by paper or 

electronic communication, the appointment received last by the Registrar 
before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence. You 
are advised to read the terms and conditions of use carefully. Electronic 
communication facilities are open to all shareholders and those who use 
them will not be disadvantaged.

7.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST 
electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Meeting (and any 
adjournment of the Meeting) by using the procedures described in the 
CREST Manual (available from www.euroclear.com/site/public/EUI). CREST 
Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST 
members who have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.

8.  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST 
to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) 
must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland 
Limited’s specifications and must contain the information required for 
such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the 
latest time for receipt of proxy appointments specified above. For this 
purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to mean the time (as determined 
by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST application host) 
from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to 
CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of 
instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated 
to the appointee through other means.

9.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting 

service providers should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not 
make available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. 
Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation 
to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the 
CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member, or sponsored member, or has appointed a voting service 
provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) 
take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this 
connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors 
or voting system providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of 
the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system 
and timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction 
in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.

10.  If you are an institutional investor you may be able to appoint a proxy 

electronically via the Proxymity platform. For further information regarding 
Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.io. Your proxy must be lodged by 12 
noon on Monday 3 May 2021 in order to be considered valid. Before you can 
appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have agreed to Proxymity’s 
associated terms and conditions. It is important that you read these 
carefully as you will be bound by them and they will govern the electronic 
appointment of your proxy.

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

106

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Corporate representatives
11.  Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more corporate 

representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a 
shareholder provided that no more than one corporate representative 
exercises powers in relation to the same shares.

Issued shares and total voting rights
12.  As 1 March 2021 (being the latest practicable business day prior to the 
publication of this Notice), the Company’s ordinary issued share capital 
consists of 20,171,540 ordinary shares, carrying one vote each. Therefore, 
the total voting rights in the Company as at 1 March 2021 are 20,171,540.

Questions 
13.  We always welcome questions from our shareholders and we request that 
shareholders submit their questions to the Board before the AGM. We will 
ensure that answers to questions are placed on the Company's website. 
You can submit questions up until 5pm on 4 May 2021 by emailing them to 
cosec@mpac-group.com

Communication
14  You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of Section 
333(4) of the Companies Act 2006) provided in either this Notice or any 
related documents (including the form of proxy) to communicate with the 
Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

Website giving information regarding the meeting
15.  A copy of this Notice, and other information required by Section 311A of 
the Companies Act 2006, can be found on the Company’s website at 
www.mpac-group.com.

Explanatory notes on the resolutions
Resolutions 1 to 11 are ordinary resolutions; resolutions 12 to 15 are special 
resolutions. To be passed, ordinary resolutions require more than 50% of votes 
cast to be in favour of the resolution whilst special resolutions require at least 
75% of the votes cast to be in favour of the resolution.

Ordinary Resolutions
To receive the Annual Report and Accounts 2020
Resolution 1 is a standard resolution. The Companies Act 2006 requires 
the Directors to lay before the Company in a general meeting copies of the 
Company’s annual accounts, and the Directors’ report and auditor’s report 
on those accounts. The Annual Report and Accounts 2021, which includes 
this Notice of Annual General Meeting, will be available online at 
www.mpac-group.com.

Election and re-election of Directors
In accordance with best practice in corporate governance, all Directors are 
standing for re-election. Resolutions 2 to 6 seek approval for the re-election of 
the Directors.

Biographical information for each of the existing Directors is provided on page 
24 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2020.

The Board has no hesitation in recommending the election or re-election of 
the Directors to shareholders. In making these recommendations, the Board 
confirms that it has given careful consideration to the Board’s balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience and is satisfied that each of the Directors putting 
themselves forward for election or re-election has sufficient time to discharge 
their duties effectively, taking into account their other commitments.

Remuneration report
Resolution 7 seeks shareholders’ approval for the Directors’ Remuneration report 
which is set out on pages 31 to 32 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2020, for 
the year ended 31 December 2020. The vote is advisory only.

Appointment of auditors
The auditors of a company must be appointed or re-appointed at each general 
meeting at which the accounts are laid. 

Resolution 8 seeks approval to appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as the 
Company’s auditors until the conclusion of the next general meeting of the 
Company at which accounts are laid.

Remuneration of auditors
Resolution 9 seeks consent for the Directors to determine the remuneration 
of the auditors.

Directors’ authority to allot shares
Resolution 10 seeks consent for shareholders to grant the Directors authority to 
allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares, up 
to a maximum aggregate nominal value of £3,360,000, which is approximately 
two-thirds of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company as at 1 March 2021, being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this notice. £1,680,000 of this authority is reserved for a fully 
pre-emptive rights issue. This is the maximum permitted amount under best 
practice corporate governance guidelines. The authority will expire at the next 
Annual General Meeting of the Company or if earlier, at close of business on 
5 August 2022. The Directors have no current intention of exercising such 
authority and will exercise this power only when they believe that such exercise 
is in the best interests of the shareholders.

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights 
Resolutions 11 and 12 will be proposed as special resolutions, each requiring 
a majority of 75% of those voting to be in favour. If the Directors wish to allot 
new shares and other equity securities, or sell treasury shares, for cash (other 
than in connection with an employee share scheme), company law requires 
that these shares are offered first to shareholders in proportion to their 
existing holdings.

Resolution 11 deals with the authority of the Directors to allot new shares or 
other equity securities pursuant to the authority given by resolution 10, or 
sell treasury shares, for cash without the shares or other equity securities 
first being offered to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings. 
Such authority shall only be used in connection with a pre-emptive offer, 
or otherwise, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £252,000, being 
approximately 5% of the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
as at 1 March 2021.

The Pre-Emption Group Statement of Principles supports the annual 
disapplication of pre-emption rights in respect of allotments of shares and 
other equity securities (and sales of treasury shares for cash) representing 
no more than an additional 5% of issued ordinary share capital (exclusive 
of treasury shares), to be used only in connection with an acquisition or 
specified capital investment. The Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles 
defines ‘specified capital investment’ as meaning one or more specific capital 
investment related uses for the proceeds of an issuance of equity securities, in 
respect of which sufficient information regarding the effect of the transaction 
on the Company, the assets that are the subject of the transaction and (where 
appropriate) the profits attributable to them is made available to shareholders 
to enable them to reach an assessment of the potential return.

Accordingly, and in line with the template resolutions published by the Pre-
Emption Group, resolution 12 seeks to authorise the Directors to allot new 
shares and other equity securities pursuant to the authority given by resolution 
10, or sell treasury shares, for cash up to a further nominal amount of £252,000, 
being approximately 5% of the total issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company as at 1 March 2021, only in connection with an acquisition or specified 
capital investment which is announced contemporaneously with the allotment, 
or which has taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in 
the announcement of the issue. If the authority given in resolution 12 is used, 
the Company will publish details of the placing in its next Annual Report. If 
these resolutions are passed, the authorities will expire at the end of the next 
AGM or at close of business on 5 August 2022, whichever is the earlier.

The Board considers the authorities in resolutions 11 and 12 to be appropriate 
in order to allow the Company flexibility to finance business opportunities or to 
conduct a rights issue or other pre-emptive offer without the need to comply 
with the strict requirements of the statutory pre-emption provisions. The Board 
does not intend to issue more than 7.5% of the issued share capital of the 
Company for cash on a non pre-emptive basis in any rolling three-year period 
(other than in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment as 
described in the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles) without prior 
consultation with shareholders.

Authority to purchase own shares
Resolution 13 seeks authority for the Company to make market purchases of its 
own ordinary shares up to a maximum number of 3,000,000 ordinary shares, 
representing approximately 15% of the issued ordinary share capital at 1 March 
2021. The authority requested would replace a similar authority granted last 
year and would expire at the end of the 2022 AGM, or if earlier, 
at close of business on 5 August 2022.

In reaching a decision to purchase ordinary shares, the Directors will take 
account of the Company’s cash resources and capital and the general effect 
of such purchase on the Company’s business. The authority would only be 
exercised by the Directors if they considered it to be in the best interests of the 
shareholders generally and if the purchase could be expected to result in an 
increase in earnings per ordinary share.

Notice of general meetings
Resolution 14 is an annual permission request for general meetings, other than 
the AGM, to be called on 14 clear days’ notice. There is no current intention to 
hold such a meeting but the Directors wish to retain the ability to call a meeting 
on shorter notice if the circumstances should require it. The Companies 
(Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 specify that approval must be sought 
from shareholders by special resolution at an annual or subsequent general 
meeting and the Company would need to make a means of electronic voting 
available to all shareholders for any general meeting called on less than 21 clear 
days’ notice. If passed, the resolution would remain valid until the end of the 
2022 AGM, at which it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

107

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

40 Financial statements21 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

108

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Corporate information

Registered office
13 Westwood Way 
Westwood Business Park 
Coventry 
CV4 8HS

Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com

Registered number 
124855

Secretary
Prism Cosec Limited

Auditors
Grant Thornton UK LLP 
The Colmore Building 
20 Colmore Circus 
Birmingham 
B4 6AT

Nominated Advisor & Broker
Shore Capital and Corporate Limited 
57 St James’s Street 
London 
SW1A 1LD

Registrars
Link Group 
10th Floor, Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL

Share price
Available from: 
FT Cityline – tel: +44 (0)905 817 1690 
Certain national newspapers

Website
Further information is available at www.mpac-group.com

Timetable
Annual General Meeting 
5th May 2021

Payment dates for preference dividend 
30 June 2021 and 31 December 2021

Half-year announcement 
September 2021

21 Corporate governance40 Financial statements 
 
y
b
d
e
c
u
d
o
r
p
d
n
a
d
e
n
g
s
e
D

i

Printed sustainably in the UK  
by Pureprint, a CarbonNeutral® 
company with FSC® chain 
of custody and an ISO 14001- 
certified environmental 
management system recycling 
over 99% of all dry waste.

 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 
13 Westwood Way 
Westwood Business Park 
Coventry CV4 8HS 
Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com

mpac-group.com